Backup of transmission lines 10_13_13 at 7_30PM
DOCX · 1.4 MB
Open DOCX file
Backup copy of a long manuscript on transmission lines, last updated 10.13.13, in a folder of Phil's physics files. The contents list covers Maxwell's equations in media and wave equations, the round wire and skin effect with Kelvin functions and surface impedance, TEM modes, the classic transmission line equations, and two-wire and coaxial examples. Appendices treat gauge invariance, complex dielectric constant, DC wire properties, waveguides and surface charge.
AI-written summary; may contain errors.
Extracted text (machine-read; may contain errors)
last update 10.13.13
Top
Chapter 1: Basic Equations 3
1.1 Maxwell's Equations in a Medium 3
1.2 The Field Wave Equations 9
1.3 The Potential Wave Equations 10
Special Relativity Note 11
1.4 Retarded Solutions: a path not taken 12
1.5 The Potential Wave Equations in the Frequency Domain 14
1.6 The Field Wave Equations in the Frequency Domain 16
1.7 Reinterpretation of all equations in terms of complex functions 16
Chapter 2: The Round Wire and the Skin Effect 21
2.1 Derivation of E(r), B(r) and J(r) for a round wire 21
2.2 A study of the solution of a round wire 27
(a) Kelvin Functions 27
(b) Plots of |E(r)/E(a)| for various δ values 29
(c) Review of the round wire solution 33
(d) Plots of the round wire solution for Belden 8281 at 5 MHz. 34
2.3 The Surface Impedance Zs(ω) of a Round Wire 36
(a) Expressions for Surface Impedance 37
(b) Low frequency limit of Zs(ω) 39
(c) High frequency limit of Zs(ω) 39
(d) Plots of Zs(ω) versus skin depth δ 41
2.4 Surface Impedance for a Transmission Line 43
Chapter 3: Transmission Line Preliminaries 46
3.1 Why is there no charge inside a conductor? 46
3.2 How thick is the surface charge layer on a conductor? 46
3.3 How does loss tangent affect dielectric conductivity? 47
3.4 Normal (radial) current conservation at the surface of a conductor. 48
3.5 The TEM mode fields and currents for an IDEAL transmission line 50
3.6 The TEM mode fields and currents for a REAL transmission line 53
3.7 The general shape of fields, charges, and currents on a transmission line. 54
(a) Facts about field structure 54
(b) Drawings of the fields 56
(c) More on the field and current Structure 58
(d) Estimate of the ratio Jr/Jz 60
3.8 Transmission Line Preliminaries 62
Chapter 4: Transmission Line Equations 66
4.1 Computation of φ due to one conductor of a transmission line. 66
4.2 Computation of V(z) . 69
4.3 Computation of z due to one conductor of a transmission line. 71
4.4 Computation of W(z) 72
4.5 The Classic Transmission Line Equations 73
4.6 Example: the wide-spaced, two-wire transmission line. 76
4.7 Example: the coaxial cable. 80
Chapter 5: The Transverse Problem 82
5.1 Philosophy 82
5.2 The Helmholtz Equations and Separation of Variables 84
5.3 A Formal Solution to the Transverse Problem 88
5.4 An approximate solution to the transverse problem. 92
Chapter 6: An Example 95
6.1 Why logarithms? 96
6.2 The equipotentials of ln[s2/s1] are circles. 97
6.3 Aligning the circles. 98
6.4 Reduction to special cases 100
Appendix A: Gauge Invariance 105
A.0 The Poisson Equation and its Solution 105
A.1 Existence of A such that B = curl A and div A = 0 107
A.2 Existence of A' such that B = curl A' and div A' = f . 108
A.3 Existence of φ such that E = -grad φ 109
A.4 Existence of A' and φ' such that B = curl A', E = - grad φ'-∂tA', and div A' = f. 110
A.5 Gauge Invariance 111
A.6 The Lorentz Gauge and QED 112
A.7 Finding the gauge function Λ for the Lorentz Gauge 114
Appendix B: The Complex Dielectric Constant and Free Charge in a Medium 116
B.1 A conducting parallel plate capacitor 116
B.2 Complex ε and the loss tangent of a dielectric. 117
B.3 Continuity and free charge in a medium 118
Appendix C: DC Properties of a Wire 120
C.1 The DC resistance of a wire 120
C.2 The DC surface impedance of a wire 120
C.3 The DC inductance of a round wire 120
(a) Internal DC inductance of a round wire 120
(b) External DC inductance of a round wire 122
C.4 The DC inductance of a wire of arbitrary cross section 123
(a) Statement of a Plan of Attack 123
(b) The divergence problem 124
(c) Avoiding the divergence problem 126
Example: Magnetic Field of a Rectangular Wire 126
Appendix D : The General Electric Field Inside a Round Wire 129
D.1 The General Method and Solution for Ez 129
(a) Partial Wave Expansions 130
(b) The Vector Laplacian and the conversion of equations from φ space to m space 131
(c) The Charge Pumping Boundary Condition 135
(d) The Ez Solution 135
D.2 The Solutions for Er and Eφ 136
(a) The Er Solution 136
(b) The Eφ Solution 138
(c) Application of the Boundary Conditions 140
D.3 What about the Eφ Helmholtz Equation ? 142
D.4 Statement of the Results 144
D.5 The Low Frequency Limit 147
D.6 What about the E fields outside the round wire? 150
D.7 What about φ, A and B ? 151
Appendix E: Surface Charge 153
Appendix F: Waveguides 157
F.1 A waveguide solution 157
F.2 A waveguide interpretation 159
Appendix G 4.1: Chapter 4 Support 162
G.1 Evaluation of the integral in 4.1 (9). 162
G.2 Examination of higher order terms in 4.2 (2). 163
Appendix H : Calculation of 2[1/r] , 2[h(r)/r] and 2[e-jkr/r] 165
References 168
Chapter 1: Basic Equations
In this chapter we state all basic equations that will be be used later in the calculation of transmission line parameters. Appendices 1.1 A and 1.2.B contain information that is relevant to this chapter.
1.1 Maxwell's Equations in a Medium
Our working set of equations is the following:
curl H = ∂D/∂t + JT = ∂D/∂t + [ J + Ja ] Maxwell curl H equation (1.1.1)
curl E = - ∂B/∂t Maxwell curl E equation (1.1.2)
div D = ρT = [ ρ + ρa ] Maxwell div D equation (1.1.3)
div B = 0 Maxwell div B equation (1.1.4)
B = μH magnetic permeability μ (1.1.5)
D = εE electric permeability ε (dielectric constant) (1.1.6)
J = σE Ohm's Law (σ = conductivity) (1.1.7)
div(JT) = - ∂ρT/∂t Equation of Continuity (1.1.8)
Notes:
(a) The equations above are all expressed in SI units. See (f) below for verification references and (h) for details of the units.
(b) All media (conductors, dielectric between conductors) are assumed to be isotropic so that the quantities σ, ε and μ are constants in space (not rank-2 tensors) for a given medium. In the vaccum these constants take the values σ = 0, ε = ε0 and μ = μ0. An implication of σ, μ and ε being constants in space is that they pass through the div, curl, grad and 2 operators just as would any constant like π. In principle, all three quanties can vary in time, and when tranformed to the frequency domain, σ(ω), ε(ω) and μ(ω) can vary with ω. However, we shall assume that for our frequencies of interest, these quanties are constant in ω and are therefore also constant in time.
(c) Ohm's Law J = σE is assumed to be a valid constitutive relation for our media of interest.
(d) The "equation of continuity" (1.1.8) expresses the fact that charge cannot be created or destroyed.
(e) The symbols Ja and ρa stand for certain "applied" current and charge densities, and in terms of these symbols, the total current and charge density are given by JT = J + Ja and ρT = ρ + ρa. These applied current and charge densities only exist in a certain approximation philosophy as outlined below. In the exact world in which Maxwell's equations apply everywhere, one has Ja = 0 and ρa = 0, and in this case JT = J and ρT = ρ. In the approximation model one regards the applied Ja (and corresponding ρa) as a current density which is "applied to" or "driven onto" the conductors of a radiating antenna or a transmission line, as if this could be done outside the realm of Maxwell's equations. From the assumed applied Ja and ρa one computes the fields E and B using Maxwell's equations and then hopes that these fields in turn produce JT and ρT on the conductors which are consistent with the assumed applied Ja and ρa.
(f) All the above equations may be found in "blue" Jackson (1998) as follows (with Ja = ρa = 0)
(1.1.1) through (1.14): p 2 (1.1a) Maxwell's Equations
(1.1.5) and (1.16): p 296 top permeability constitutive relations
(1.1.1) p 219 (5.159) Ohm's Law constitutive relation J = σE
(1.1.7) p 2 (1.2) equation of continuity
(g) As will be shown, inside a medium such as a dielectric or a conductor, and at frequencies of interest to us, there can exist no net charge densities, so ρ = ρT = ρa = 0. In a dielectric there are no available charges. In a conductor, any departure from neutrality would be instantly restored. All charge densities for our application reside on the surfaces of conductors only. If we were interested in the behavior of a transmission line embedded in an electron plasma, things would be different.
(h) As noted in (a), the above equations are expressed in Système Internationale (SI) units. In this system, formerly known as "rationalized m.k.s.", the speed of light is concealed in the symbols μ0 and ε0. Here are the usual historical names given to the symbols appearing in our equations, along with one expression of the SI units for each symbol:
E = electric field (volts/m)
H = magnetic field (amp/m)
D = electric displacement (coulomb/m2)
B = magnetic field (tesla = amp-henry/m2)
J = current density (amps/m2)
ρ = charge density (coulombs/m3)
σ = conductivity of the medium (mho/m = ohm-1/m)
μ/μ0 = relative magnetic permeability of the medium (dimensionless)
ε/ε0 = relative dielectric constant (dimensionless)
μ0 = permeability of free space = 4π x 10-7 henry/m
ε0 = permittivity of free space = 8.8541877 x 10-12 farad/m (1.1.9)
Here are some unit relations obtainable from Q = CV, V = IR, LC = 1/ω2 , τ = RC = L/R, I = dQ/dt :
coulomb = farad-volt volt = ampere-ohm henry-farad = sec2
farad = sec/ohm henry = ohm-sec henry / farad = ohm2
ampere = coulomb/sec mho = ohm-1 mho/F = sec-1
c = 1/= 2.9979246 x 108 m/sec = speed of light
Z0 = = 376.73032 ohms = impedance of free space (1.1.10)
Notice how the names of seven people have become forever embedded into the SI unit system.
Integral Forms
The equations above involving the divergence and curl operators have integral forms thanks to these two fundamental mathematical theorems which have nothing to do with electromagnetism in particular,
∫V F dV = ∫S F dA // "the divergence theorem" Spiegel 22.59 (1.1.11)
∫S ( x F) dA = F ds // "the Stokes theorem" Spiegel 22.60 (1.1.12)
The first involves a closed boundary surface S which encloses a volume V and says that the volume integral of div F equals the surface integral of F. The second involves a bounding curve (possibly non-planar) which bounds an arbitrary open surface S (also possibly non-planar) and says that the line integral of F around that boundary curve equals the surface integral of curl F over S. Both theorems have meanings in n-dimensional space, but of course our interest is for n = 3. Both theorems are not hard to derive and this is done in textbooks usually by breaking up the surface into tiny squares and the volume into tiny cubes.
In general terms, the divergence theorem says that F is somehow a source of the field F and the amount of F flowing out through a closed bounding surface equals the amount of F that is generated inside the volume. When F is the electric field E, the divergence theorem is called Gauss's Law and says that the total electric "flux" flowing out [ that is to say, ∫S EdA ] equals the the total of the source inside the volume [ that is to say, (1/ε)∫V ρ dV ], usually called "the total charge enclosed". Thus we write:
div D = ρT ∫V ρT dV = ∫S D dA (1.1.13)
div E = ρT/ε (1/ε)∫V ρT dV = ∫S E dA if ε is constant in space (1.1.14)
Since the magnetic field has no corresponding charge, one always has ∫S B dA = 0, a theorem which seems to have no name,
div B = 0 ∫S B dA = 0 S is any closed surface (1.1.15)
The divergence also occurs in the equation of continuity (1.1.8) so we have
div(JT) = - ∂tρT -∂t[∫V ρT dV] = ∫S JT dA (1.1.16)
This is the prototype application of the divergence theorem in that it is easily understandable: the total electric current flowing out through some closed surface S must equal the rate at which the total charge inside the surface is decreasing. One can write a similar statement for mass flowing out from a volume in which ρ would be the mass density and J = ρv the mass current, v being the velocity field.
The Stokes theorem is a bit more mysterious. Since this theorem is associated with George Stokes, it is called Stokes's theorem, but is sometimes called Stokes' theorem (one would not say Gauss' theorem). The curl of a vector field is associated with the amount of "rotation" the field has at some point in space, and in fact curl is sometimes written Rot. If one takes a tiny patch of surface and finds that the line integral of the field around the boundary of that patch is non-zero, then the vector field has a non-zero curl at that point. At any point where a fluid has a vortex, the curl is non-zero, for example. When Stokes's theorem is applied to the electric field, one has
curl E = - ∂tB E ds = -∂t[∫S B dA] (1.1.17)
This says that the voltage induced around a closed loop ("the electromotive force") is proportional to the rate of change of the magnetic flux through that loop, a principle known as Faraday's Law of Induction. If water power rotates a wire loop in the presence of some magnets, one has an electric generator.
On the other hand, when Stokes's theorem is applied to the magnetic field, one gets
curl H = ∂D/∂t + JT H ds = ∫S [∂t D+JT] dA (1.1.18)
(1/μ) curl B = ε ∂E/∂t + JT B ds = μ ∫S [ε ∂t E + JT] dA (1.1.19)
μ constant in space, ε constant in time
When the situation is static, one has dl H = ∫S dS JT which says the line integral of the magnetic field H around some loop equals the total current passing through any open surface whose boundary is that loop, a principle known as Ampere's Law.
We shall be using most of these integral forms in the document below.
Rules for behavior of fields at a boundary
Consider the boundary between two different media called 1 and 2. Consider a tiny red "math loop" of length L and width 2s which straddles the media boundary:
For the electric field we have from above (for our loop, dA = dA )
curl E = - ∂tB E ds = - [∫S (∂tB) dA] (1.1.17)
Since the loop is tiny and since the fields are assumed to be non-singular, we can regard E and B as a constant everywhere on the loop. The line integral around the loop is then (start at lower left corner)
E ds = LEy(2) + s Ez(2) + s Ez(1) – LEy(1) - s Ez(1) - s Ez(2)
= L [Ey(2)- Ey(1)] .
The area integral on the right side of (1.1.17) is
∫S B dA = -∂tBx(1) sL -∂tBx(2) sL = - sL [∂tBx(1) + ∂tBx(2)]
so the integral form in (1.1.17) says
[Ey(2)- Ey(1)] = - s [∂t Bx(1) + ∂t Bx(2)]
As long as ∂tBx is not infinite at the surface, as s→0 the right side vanishes and we conclude that
[Ey(2)- Ey(1)] = 0
which we summarize for both the x and y directions by saying
E||(1) = E||(2) or (1/ε1)D||(1) = (1/ε2)D||(2) (1.1.20)
so the parallel component of the electric field is continuous through a boundary.
A similar analysis using the curl H equation,
curl H = ∂D/∂t + JT H ds = ∫S [∂t D+JT] dA (1.1.18)
leads to
[Hy(2)- Hy(1)] = s [∂t Dx(1) + JT,x(1) + ∂t Dx(2) + JT,x(2)] .
As long as ∂tDx and JT,x are finite at the surface, we conclude from s→0 that
H||(1) = H||(2) or (1/μ1)B||(1) = (1/μ2)B||(2) (1.1.21)
Next, we put a tiny "Gaussian box" straddling the two media. Area A and height 2s are both very small so the fields are the same at all points in the box.
For the electric displacement D we consider
div D = ρT ∫V ρT dV = ∫S D dA (1.1.13)
where volume V is the box shown. The surface integral is
∫S D dA = Dz(1)A - Dz(2)A + contributions from the sides of the box
The contributions from the pairs of box sides cancel since the fields are assumed constant over the box. Assuming the only charge density is a surface charge density n on the boundary between the two media, the volume integral is nA and then the conclusion, generalized to the perpendicular field component, is
[D(1) - D(2)] = n or [ε1E(1) - ε2E(2)] = n (1.1.22)
Finally, the other divergence equation
div B = 0 ∫S B dA = 0 S is any closed surface (1.1.15)
leads to the conclusion that
B(1) = B(2) or μ1H(1) = μ2H(2) (1.1.23)
We now summarize these rules in a box, always assuming that there is no singularity in some quantity to invalidate the claims:
Rules for continuity of parallel and normal fields at a boundary: (1.2.24)
E||(1) = E||(2) or (1/ε1)D||(1) = (1/ε2)D||(2) (1.1.20)
H||(1) = H||(2) or (1/μ1)B||(1) = (1/μ2)B||(2) (1.1.21)
[D(1) - D(2)] = n or [ε1E(1) - ε2E(2)] = n (1.1.22)
B(1) = B(2) or μ1H(1) = μ2H(2) (1.1.23)
1.2 The Field Wave Equations
To obtain the following two equations, the first step for each equation is to apply the curl operator to both sides of (1.1.1) and (1.1.2) respectively and then to use the vector identity curl curl F = grad divF - 2F.
One then uses B = μH, D = εE and J = σE and the four Maxwell equations as needed, always assuming that ε,μ and σ are constant in space and that ε and μ are constant in time. This last assumption is justified if our system of interest is operated at frequencies ω far below those of media resonances, more on this later. As usual, ∂t is a shorthand for ∂/∂t .
( 2 - με ∂t2- μσ ∂t) H = -curl Ja (1.2.1)
( 2 - με ∂t2- μσ ∂t) E = (1/ε) grad ρT + μ . (1.2.2)
Each of these equations is a damped wave equation with a right-side driving term (inhomogenous). The wave velocity is v2 = 1/με which is the speed of light in the medium of interest. If one assumes exp(jωt) time dependence, the operators on the left become (2 + β2) as described below. Clearly the applied current Ja drives the magnetic field H, while a combination of the total charge density ρT and Ja drives the electric field E. Away from boundaries the right-side driving terms vanish. This is so because charge density can only exist at conductor surfaces, and the applied current density Ja also exists only on these surfaces.
One usually solves one of these equations for its field, then uses a Maxwell curl equation to get the other field, and one ends up with the usual notion of an open-medium wave propagation which has an implied relative orientation between the two field vectors and the direction of propagation. Here we have the added complication of a lossy medium due to conductivity σ > 0.
1.3 The Potential Wave Equations
It is possible to work with the scalar and vector potentials φ and A instead of the fields E and B. If φ and A can be determined, then E and B are fully determined by (1.3.1) below. However, in the other direction, if E and B are known, then φ and A are determined only up to a certain "gauge transformation" degree of freedom, a subject is discussed in Appendix A. The fields E and B are physically observable quantites while the potentials φ and A in general are not and should be regarded as intermediate "helper" functions. In SI units, the E and B fields are obtained from φ and A in this manner:
B = curl A E = - grad φ - ∂A/∂t . (1.3.1)
These SI equations appear in Jackson as (6.7) and (6.9). The reader is warned that in CGS/Gaussian units the second term in the right equation is (1/c) ∂A/∂t where c is the speed of light, but we are using SI units.
A = vector potential (tesla-m = amp-henry/m = volt-sec/m) E = volt/m
φ = scalar potential (volts) B = tesla
Using (1.3.1), we can obtain wave-like equations similar to (1.2.1) and (1.2.2). To obtain the second equation below, apply div to both sides of the E equation in (1.3.1) then use D = εE. To get the first equation below, start with (1.1.1), use H = μB, replace B by curl A, and use the vector identity curl curl A = grad divA - 2A. Then use J = σE and D = εE and again use E = - grad φ - ∂A/∂t. The results are:
2 - με ∂t2 - σμ ∂t)A = grad [ divA + με ∂tφ + μσ φ ] - μJa (1.3.2)
2φ + = - ρT/ε . (1.3.3)
As stated, this pair of equations is incredibly ugly in a variety of ways. Not only do messy operators appear, but each equation involves both φ and A, so the equations are coupled. However, it is shown in Appendix A that gauge invariance allows one to select a vector potential A to have any desired div A one wants. Suppose we select A to have this divergence,
div A = - με ∂tφ - μσ φ . (1.3.4)
This kills off the messy term in (1.3.2) and at the same time causes our usual damped wave operator to appear in (1.3.3). The resulting equations are,
2 - με ∂t2 - μσ ∂t)A = - μJa (1.3.5)
(2 - με ∂t2 - μσ ∂t)φ = - (1/ε)ρT . (1.3.6)
We now have fully decoupled equations each having the damped wave operator on the left side. We have commented earlier that ρT = ρ + ρa and that ρ = 0 everywhere since ρ cannot exist inside a medium and since ρa accounts for all surface charge on boundaries. Thus ρT = ρa and we find that both the above inhomogeneous damped wave equations are driven by the "applied" current density Ja and charge ρa. This is the prime motivation for introducing these applied entities in the first place. In later sections we shall use the above equations to compute A and φ from Ja and ρa, and then we shall compute E and B using (1.3.1). Eventually we shall start over setting Ja = ρa = 0 and obtain our results in a completely different manner.
Special Relativity Note
At first encounter, one is amazed at how similar the two equations (1.3.5) and (1.3.6) appear. Here we shall show why that is. First, since JT = J + Ja = σE + Ja , if we assume a non-conductive medium we get σ = 0 and JT = Ja. The above equations are then
2 - με ∂t2)A = - μJT (1.3.7)
(2 - με ∂t2)φ = - (1/ε)ρT . (1.3.8)
Next, we apply the above equations to the medium which is the vacuum, which is really the only relativistic medium one can have ( recall historical discussions of "the ether"). In this case μ→μ0 and ε→ε0 and as noted in (1.1.10) one then has μ0ε0 = 1/c2 where c is the speed of light. At the same time we drop the "total T" index on JT and ρT and just write them as J and ρ,
2 - ∂t2)A = - μ0J (1.3.9)
(2 - ∂t2)φ = - (1/ε0)ρ . (1.3.10)
As shown in Appendix A.6, one can construct Lorentz 4-vectors Aμ = ( φ, A) and Jμ = (cρ, J) with the identification of A0 ≡ φ/c and J0 ≡ cρ. The above equations can then be written, using proper tensor notation where common vectors are contravariant with an upper index,
2 - ∂t2)Ai = - μ0Ji (1.3.11)
(2 - ∂t2)cA0 = - (μ0/ε0μ0)J0/c = - μ0 c J0 . (1.3.12)
Cancelling the c's in the second equation allows both equations to be written as a single 4-vector equation
2 - ∂t2)Aμ = - μ0 Jμ
or
Aμ = μ0 Jμ where ≡ ∂μ∂μ = ∂t2 - 2 . (1.3.13)
This equation is covariant because both sides transform as a Lorentz 4-vector (the operator transforms as a Lorentz scalar). Special relativity requires that all equations of physics be covariant under Lorentz transformations. This is similar to Newton's Law F = ma being covariant under rotations, where both sides transform as 3-vectors. If we start with the correct law of physics (1.3.13) and work backwards through the equation pairs above, where we add a medium with μ and ε and σ, we end up with our starting point (1.3.5) and (1.3.6) and the similarity of these two equations is then explained as being a requirement of special relativity.
As a final note, recall the gauge choice (1.3.4) which was required to simplify things above,
divA = - με ∂tφ - μσ φ . (1.3.4)
If we again go to the vaccum as medium, this becomes
divA = - μ0ε0 ∂tφ = - ∂tφ
and this is seen to be precisely the "Lorentz Gauge" of (A.6.3), writable as ∂μAμ = 0.
1.4 Retarded Solutions: a path not taken
In a medium with σ = 0 and in which μ and ε are time-independent, equations (1.3.7) and (1.3.8) apply,
2 - με ∂t2)A = - μJT (1.3.7)
(2 - με ∂t2)φ = - (1/ε)ρT . (1.3.8)
One approach to solving these equations for A and φ is the method of retarded solutions. Although we shall not use this approach, we outline the method here. We seek to solve an equation of this form
(2 - με ∂t2) u = - f (1.4.1)
where for example in (1.3.8) we have u = φ and f = ρT/ε. Since με = 1/v2 where v is the wave velocity in the medium, write (1.4.1) as
(∂t2 - v22) u = v2f
or
u = f where ≡ ∂t2 - 2 . (1.4.2)
This last equation is similar to (A.7.2) of Appendix A and we solve it in the same manner. Define a Green's function g as the solution of
v2 g(x,t; x',t') = δ(x-x')δ(t-t') with g = 0 when |x-x'|→∞ . (1.4.3)
As Appendix A.7 shows, the solution is given by
v2 g(x,t; x',t') = (1/4πR)δ(t-t'-R/v) with R = |x-x'| . (1.4.4)
Jackson (6.41) and (6.44) uses G(+) = 4πv2g with v = c and refers to the solution as a "retarded Green function". See also Stakgold references in Appendix A. Then the solution to (1.4.1) is
u(x,t) = ∫d3x' ∫dt' v2 g(x,t; x',t') f(x',t')
as can be verified by applying to both sides and making use of (1.4.3). Inserting (1.4.4) then gives
u(x,t) = ∫d3x' ∫dt' (1/4πR)δ(t-t'-R/v) f(x',t')
= ∫d3x' (1/4πR) f(x',t-R/v)
= ∫d3x' . (1.4.5)
Thus, the solutions to (1.3.7) and (1.3.8) are
A(x,t) = ∫d3x' (1.4.6)
φ(x,t) = ∫d3x' (1.4.7)
The potentials at time t are generated by the values the sources had at time t - R/v since the influence of the sources travels at finite velocity v through the medium. Compare (1.4.7) to (A.0.2) which is the solution to the electrostatic Poisson equation.
With the medium σ loss term present, and with frequency dependent (hence time dependent) μ and ε, it is better [ necessary? ] to work in the frequency domain instead of the time domain. Thus, although they are interesting, we shall not use these retarded solutions.
1.5 The Potential Wave Equations in the Frequency Domain
A standard method of solving (1.3.5) and (1.3.6) involves transforming the equations from the time domain to the frequency ω domain using the Fourier Integral Transform, assuming that μ, ε and σ are constants (possibly complex). As an example, we expand φ(x,t) and ρT(x,t) onto their Fourier components in (1.3.6) [ notation explained in Section 1.7]
(2 - με ∂t2 - μσ ∂t)φ(x,t) = - (1/ε)ρT(x,t) (1.3.6)
(2 - με ∂t2 - μσ ∂t) (1/2π)!Syntax Error, Idω e+jωt φ(x,ω) = - (1/ε) (1/2π)!Syntax Error, Idω e+jωt ρT(x,ω)
!Syntax Error, Idω (2 - με ∂t2 - μσ ∂t)e+jωt φ(x,ω) = - (1/ε) !Syntax Error, Idω e+jωt ρT(x,ω)
!Syntax Error, Idω (2 + μεω2 - jωμσ) e+jωt φ(x,ω) = - (1/ε) !Syntax Error, Idω e+jωt ρT(x,ω)
!Syntax Error, Idω e+jωt [(2 + μεω2 - jωμσ) φ(x,ω)] = !Syntax Error, Idω e+jωt [- (1/ε)ρT(x,ω)] .
At this point we invoke the completeness of the set of functions {ejωt} on the interval (-∞,∞) to claim that the integrands must be equal, giving (1.3.6) transformed to the frequency domain,
(2 + μεω2 - jωμσ) φ(x,ω) = - (1/ε)ρT(x,ω)
or
(2 + β2) φ(x,ω) = - (1/ε)ρT(x,ω)
where β2 is the following complex "Helmholtz parameter" [of operator (2 + β2) ]
β2 = μεω2 - jωμσ = ω2μ ( ε - jσ/ω) = ω2μ ξ ξ ≡ ε - jσ/ω .
Note: The conventional symbol for the Helmholtz wavenumber parameter is k but we use β since k will have another meaning later, and to be consistent with King (15.b). King bolds parameters when they are complex, but we do not use that convention, reserving bolding for vectors only.
Here ξ(ω) is the complex dielectric constant described in Appendix 1.2 B. Transforming (1.3.5) and (1.3.6) in this manner gives
( 2 + β2) A(x,ω) = - μJa(x,ω) (1.5.1)
( 2 + β2) φ(x,ω) = - (1/ε)ρT(x,ω) (1.5.2)
β2 ≡ ω2μ ξ (1.5.3)
ξ ≡ ε - jσ/ω . (1.5.4)
Examination of the transformation of (1.3.6) shown above shows that an equation can be transformed form the time domain to the frequency domain using these simple rules,
∂t → +jω ∂t2 → -ω2 F(x,t) → F(x,ω) . (1.5.5)
As an opportunity to apply the rules (1.5.5) we can convert the "modified Lorentz gauge" condition (1.3.4) to the ω-domain :
div A(x,ω) = -μ (jωε+σ) φ(x,ω) = -μ jω ξ φ(x,ω) = - j (β2/ωφ(x,ω) (1.5.6)
The next step is to solve the above equations for φ and A. The method was demonstrated in Appendix A.0 and is applied again here. We first define the Green's Function g by this boundary value problem,
- (2 + β2)g(x,x') = δ(x-x') where lim|x|→∞ g(x,x') = 0 . (1.5.7)
As shown in (H.15), the solution to problem (1.5.7) is
g(x,x') = R = |x - x'| (1.5.8)
and so the solutions for the potentials are given by (dV' = d3x' )
A(x,ω) = R = |x - x'| (1.5.9)
φ(x,ω) = R = |x - x'| write as surface integral? (1.5.10)
To verify, for example, that (1.5.10) solves (1.5.2) we write
φ(x,ω) = ∫ [ρT(x',ω)/ε] g(x,x') dV'
so that,
- (2 + β2) φ(x,ω) = ∫[ρT(x',ω)/ε] { - (2 + β2)g(x,x')} dV'
= ∫[ρT(x',ω)/ε] {δ(x-x')} d3x' = ρT(x,ω)/ε .
For transmission line problems involving a dielectric driven by an applied charge and current density, we can set ρT = ρa in (1.5.10), since ρ = 0 . See note 1.1(c) above. [fuzzy1!!]
In the limit ω→ 0 we find from (1.5.3) that β(ω) → 0 and then (1.5.10) is the same as (A.0.2) obtained from electrostatics and Poisson's Equation.
King uses (1.5.9) and (1.5.10) extensively to compute the parameters of various transmission line geometries, see p 11 (23) and (24). The basic idea is simple. One assumes some reasonable distribution of charges and currents on the conductors, then one carries out the above integrations to compute the potentials. From these one gets the E and B fields using (1.3.1). Then one knows everything there is to know. In practice, various assumptions must be made, and even then the integrals are no cakewalk.
We shall carry out this program in Chapter 4, after the Preliminaries of Chapter 3.
1.6 The Field Wave Equations in the Frequency Domain
The left side operators of the two field wave equations (1.2.1) and (1.2.2) are the same as the left side operators in the two potential wave equations (1.3.5) and (1.3.6). Looking at (1.5.1) and using rule (1.5.5) [that ∂t → +jω] on the right side of (1.2.2), we can immediately write out the field wave equations in the ω domain,
( 2 + β2) H(x,ω) = -curl Ja(x,ω) (1.6.1)
( 2 + β2) E(x,ω) = (1/ε) grad ρT + jωμ Ja(x,ω) (1.6.2)
where β2 is given by (1.5.3) and (1.5.4).
1.7 Reinterpretation of all equations in terms of complex functions
It seemed useful to defer the topics of this section to avoid cluttering up the preceding six sections. The Fourier Transform has already been mentioned in the previous two sections, and here we shall discuss it more formally as a motivating factor in changing our point of view from real to complex functions. The general nature of the Fourier transform of complex monochrome (ejωt) fields sets the stage for the analysis of the round wire in Section 2.
(a) Complex Functions. Up to this point, we have been regarding the following fields as representing real physical quantities,
H(x,t) D(x,t) J(x,t) ρ(x,t) A(x,t)
B(x,t) E(x,t) Ja(x,t) ρa(x,t) φ(x,t)
JT(x,t) ρT(x,t) (1.7.1)
These fields exist in the real physical world and are related by equations involving real operators like curl and ∂/∂t. We can represent such an equation as Lx,tf(x,t) = g(x,t) where Lx,t is some real differential operator and f and g are real fields.
One can extend f and g such that f and g are either both the real or both the imaginary parts of complex functions F and G. Then the equation Lx,tF(x,t) = G(x,t) represents two distinct physical equations which we can write as
Lx,tF(x,t) = G(x,t) => Lx,t[f(x,t) + jf'(x,t)] = [g(x,t) + jg'(x,t)] =>
Lx,t f(x,t) = g(x,t) F(x,t) = f(x,t) + jf'(x,t)
Lx,t f'(x,t) = g'(x,t) G(x,t) = g(x,t) + jg'(x,t) . (1.7.2)
It is convenient to regard all the fields listed above in (1.7.1) as complex fields like F and G. For example, we might write the Maxwell curl E equation (1.1.2) in this manner
curl E(x,t) = - ∂B(x,t)/∂t E(x,t) = e(x,t) + j e'(x,t)
B(x,t) = b(x,t) + j b'(x,t) . (1.7.3)
The single left equation of (1.7.3) then represents these two different physical equations with real fields
curl e(x,t) = - ∂b(x,t)/∂t
curl e'(x,t) = - ∂b'(x,t)/∂t . (1.7.4)
(b) Monochrome time. The classic application of this idea is the assumption that some complex field is "monochrome" in its time dependence, meaning for example
E(x,t) = ej[ωt+φ(x,ω)] e(x,ω1) = ejωt ejφ(x,ω) e(x,ω1) , (1.7.5)
where e(x,ω1) is real. All time dependence is in the ejωt factor and all spatial dependence is in the factor [ejφ(x,ω)e(x,ω1)] -- separation of variables. This monochrome field might be regarded as a probe or driver of some system and the solution functions e(x,ω1) and φ(x,ω1) might depend parametrically on the probe frequency ω1 as well as on position x, hence their explicit second arguments.
For (1.7.5) the corresponding physical field assumption is either of these equations,
e(x,t) = Re{ E(x,t)} = cos[ω1t + φ(x,ω1)] e(x,ω1)
e'(x,t) = Im{ E(x,t)} = sin[ω1t + φ(x,ω1)] e(x,ω1) . (1.7.6)
An important aspect to note in the above equations is the possibility of a phase φ(x,ω1) which might depend on both x and ω1. We shall see this situation arise in the next section when we consider fields inside a conducting round wire. A good prototype example for the ω1 dependence of φ(x,ω1) is a damped harmonic oscillator with resonant frequency ω0 which is driven at frequency ω1. The solution is:
x(t) = x(0) sin[ω1t + φ(ω1)] tanφ(ω1) = -(ω1/τ)/(ω02-ω12)
Of course the solution function x(t) is not a field, so in this case the phase φ has no x dependence.
(c) Why complex fields? The reason for using a complex field like E(x,t) instead of the real field e(x,t) has to do with the Fourier Transform (or the Laplace Transform). This transform is almost always needed to solve a non-trivial problem involving Maxwell's equations, and we saw it in action in Section 1.5. In our somewhat sloppy notation, and with the conventions of Ref ***, we write this transform as :
E(x,ω) = !Syntax Error, Idt E(x,t) e-jωt projection = transform (1.7.7)
E(x,t) = (1/2π)!Syntax Error, Idω E(x,ω) e+jωt . expansion = inverse transform = recovery (1.7.8)
Here E(x,t) is the original complex field whose real and imaginary parts are physical fields as in (1.7.3) or (1.7.6), while E(x,ω) is the Fourier Transform of E(x,t). Since E(x,ω) is a completely different complex function from E(x,t), one really should use some notation like E(x,ω) or E^(x,ω), but we trust the reader to make the distinction when the ω argument is present or in the general context of some discussion.
As (1.7.7) shows, the dimensional units of the Fourier transform of some quantity have an extra sec factor. For example, since dim[E(x,t)] = volt/m, it follows that dim[E(x,ω)] = volt-sec/m.
An obvious property of the Fourier Transform is this:
∂tE(x,t) = (1/2π)!Syntax Error, Idω E(x,ω) ∂t e+jωt = (1/2π)!Syntax Error, Idω [jω E(x,ω)] e+jωt
which we can write as ( symbol ↔ means "corresponds to")
E(x,t) ↔ E(x,ω) ∂tE(x,t) ↔ jω E(x,ω) (1.7.9)
which is just another way to state our rule (1.5.5). In the case of assumed monochrome time dependence of the form (1.7.5) and (1.7.6) one finds that
E(x,t) = ej[ωt+φ(x,ω)] e(x,ω1) (1.7.5)
E(x,ω) = !Syntax Error, Idt [ejωt ejφ(x,ω)e(x,ω1)] e-jωt = e(x,ω1) ejφ(x,ω) !Syntax Error, Idt ej(ω-ω)t
= e(x,ω1) ejφ(x,ω) 2πδ(ω-ω1) . (1.7.10)
It is this simple single-δ-function form that motivates the use of complex fields as carriers of the real physical fields. One can of course Fourier-transform the monochrome physical field directly, but the result is clumsy to deal with. For example,
e(x,t) = cos[ω1t + φ1(x,ω1)] e(x,ω1)
e(x,ω) = !Syntax Error, Idt { cos[ω1t + φ1(x,ω1)] e(x,ω1) }e-jωt
= e(x,ω1) (1/2) !Syntax Error, Idt { ej[ωt+φ(x,ω)] + e-j[ωt+φ(x,ω)] } e-jωt
= e(x,ω1) [ejφ(x,ω)πδ(ω-ω1) + e-jφ(x,ω)πδ(ω+ω1) ] . (1.7.11)
A directly related benefit of using the complex function approach is the fact that math with exponentials is so much simpler than the corresponding math with trig functions, as for example
ej(ωt+φ) e-j(ω't+φ') = ej(ω-ω')t ej(φ-φ') // dependence on t isolated to one factor
cos(ωt+φ)cos(ω't+φ') = (1/2) { cos[ (ω-ω')t + (φ-φ')] + cos[ (ω+ω')t + (φ+φ')] } . (1.7.12)
(d) Monochrome E and B fields. One might seek to solve a system using monochrome fields of the form (1.7.5) for both the electric and magnetic fields. Those forms would be (e and b are real)
E(x,t) = ej[ωt+φ(x,ω)] e(x,ω1)
B(x,t) = ej[ωt+φ(x,ω)] b(x,ω1) (1.7.13)
where we assume the same frequency ω1 for both fields, but allow the fields to have different phase functions φe and φb. In this case (1.7.10) becomes
E(x,ω) = e(x,ω1) ejφ(x,ω) 2πδ(ω-ω1)
B(x,ω) = b(x,ω1) ejφ(x,ω) 2πδ(ω-ω1) . (1.7.14)
Suppose the directions of the E and B fields are e and b. Then (1.7.14) says
En(x,ω) = en(x,ω1) ejφ(x,ω) 2πδ(ω-ω1)
Bn(x,ω) = bn(x,ω1) ejφ(x,ω) 2πδ(ω-ω1) (1.7.15)
and one finds that
= ej[φ(x,ω)- φ(x,ω)] . (1.7.16)
Since e and b are real, the phase of the ratio En/ Bn is determined by the last factor and will in general be a function of both position x and frequency ω1. Again, this type of result will appear in the round wire analysis of the next section.
(e) Danger. As a pitfall warning, notice that
E(x,t) = e(x,t) + j e'(x,t) =>
E(x,ω) = !Syntax Error, Idt E(x,t) e-jωt = !Syntax Error, Idt [e(x,t) + j e'(x,t)] e-jωt
= e(x,ω) + j e'(x,ω) . (1.7.13)
Whereas e(x,t) and e'(x,t) are the real and imaginary parts of E(x,t), the functions e(x,ω) and e'(x,ω) are not the real and imaginary parts of E(x,ω) since in general e(x,ω) and e'(x,ω) are both complex functions. In this document we shall never deal with transforms of the type e(x,ω) or e'(x,ω) and one should interpret the ω-space functions already used such as appear in (1.5.1,2) and (1.6.1,2) as being complex functions.
(f) Maxwell's Equations in ω space. In the Maxwell and related equations which include the ∂t operator, if the fields are expanded onto their Fourier transformed components using (1.7.8), then using the rule (1.7.9) one may instantly write the frequency-domain version of these equations, just as in the example of Section 1.5. For example,
curl H(x,ω) = jωD(x,ω) + JT(x,ω) (1.1.1)'
curl E(x,ω) = -jωB(x,ω) (1.1.2)'
div JT(x,ω) = -jω ρT(x,ω) . (1.1.8)' (1.7.14)
Other equations in the Section 1.1 list have the same form but in terms of the frequency domain functions, for example,
J(x,ω) = σ(x) E(x,ω) (1.1.7)' (1.7.15)
where we momentarily allow σ(x) to have spatial dependence but not time dependence.
Chapter 2: The Round Wire and the Skin Effect
Chapter 1 dealt with the generalities of electromagnetic theory. Maxwell's equations were stated ex machina, as it were, and wave equations for the fields and potentials were then derived. Formal integral solutions of the potential wave equations were also derived using the Green's Function method. It was noted that the potentials φ and A are parts of the same Lorentz 4-vector.
Whereas the approach of Chapter 1 was very general and abstract, the discussion of this chapter is highly specific. The goal here is to learn about the behavior of a very simple object -- a uniform round piece of wire. If very little of Chapter 1 made sense to the practical reader, we think this chapter will be somewhat different.
Although transmission lines are not always made out of round wires, there is a wealth of useful practical information that arises from the study of this simple example which applies to more general geometries.
The major issue here is called the "skin effect". At high frequencies, current is forced away from the central regions of a conductor and concentrates at the surface in a thin layer that has a characteristic depth called δ, the skin depth. In this chapter it will be shown exactly why this occurs. The significance of the effect is that the resistance (or impedance) of a wire increases drastically at high frequency. In the context of a transmission line, this effect is "felt" through a property of a wire called its surface impedance.
Our development is an extension of the excellent discussion of Matick Chapter 4. It is fastest to solve the round wire problem starting with the general wave equation (1.2.2) for the E field in the absence of "applied" sources. Instead, we have chosen to start from the basic Maxwell curl equations and use simple "loops" to derive the basic equations. One sees better in this way the underlying "cause" of the exclusion of current from a conductor. Moreover, the general technique of putting "loops" in opportune places is extremely useful in analyzing the more complicated situation which arises in a transmission line.
2.1 Derivation of E(r), B(r) and J(r) for a round wire
Using the rules (1.5.5) we write on the left below the two Maxwell curl equations (1.1.1) and (1.1.2) converted to the ω domain. These are for use away from the conductor surfaces so Ja= 0. In these equations, the fields E,B,J are the ω-domain fields E(x,ω), B(x,ω), J(x,ω) as in Section 1.7 (c).
curl B = μ (jωε E + J ) B•ds = μ ∫(jωεE + J )•dA (2.1.1)
curl E = jωB E•ds = -jω∫B•dA . (2.1.2)
On the right for each equation we have stated the integral form implied by Stokes's theorem, as described at the end of Section 1.1. The integral form shown in (2.1.1) is (1.1.19) where ∂t → jω. and similarly (2.1.2) is (1.1.17) with ∂t → jω. The ds integration is a line integral around some closed (possibly non-planar) loop, and the dA integration is over any surface which spans the loop. The two terms on the right side of (2.1.1) have names:
jωεE = displacement current (density) // amps/m2 (2.1.3)
J = σE = conduction current (density) // amps/m2
The sum of both currents may be written as
( jωε + σ) E(x,ω) . (2.1.4)
For any metal conductor such as copper, the displacement term is completely negligible as long as ωε << σ. The value of ε for a metal is not very obvious and is likely in fact to be negative at frequencies below optical frequencies (free electron gas, plasma frequency, Drude model, etc), so we will follow Mattick p 118 and blindly set ε = ε0 for a crude comparison. The condition for negligiable displacement current
ωε << σ then becomes f << σ/[2πε0]. Using σ = 5.81 x 107 mho/m, ε0 = 8.85 x 10-12 F/m, one gets
f << (σ/2πε ) = 1.04 x 1018 Hz ≈ one billion GHz
Therefore, the displacement current is always ignored inside a conductor for any conventional transmission line application. Whatever ε really is, we shall ignore jωε compared to σ. All the current inside and on the surface of a conductor is conduction current.
At this point we make a set of assumptions:
(a) the round wire is perfectly symmetric and uniform
(b) the current pattern in the wire is axially symmetric (no dependence on azimuth θ;
invariant under any rotation of the wire about its center line)
(c) the curent is axial (longitudinal), so J = J , so J = Jz
(d) the E field is also axial so E = E ( this follows from (c) and J = σE ), so E = Ez
(e) The B field lines go around in circles centered at the wire axis. The relation between the direction of B and the current flow J is given by the right hand rule. If J = Jz > 0, then B = Bθ > 0.
(f) The characteristic distance of the variation in the fields E and B in the z direction is much larger than in the r direction, so we treat the fields as constants in z. In practice this means
that we assume the wire transverse dimensions (radius a) are much smaller than the wavelength
of any wave passing down the wire.
Thus, we represent Jz(x,ω) = J(r), Ez(x,ω) = E(r), and Bθ(x,ω) = B(r) -- no dependence on θ or z. The fields E(x,ω), B(x,ω) and J(x,ω) are complex, so E(r), B(r) and J(r) are all complex. They all depend on ω, but we suppress the ω arguments.
Here is a another way to state assumption (b). We search for an axially symmetric solution of Maxwell's equations for the round wire, and if we find one, we accept it as a possible way fields and currents could exist in the wire. If the wire were in idealized perfect isolation with an axially symmetric source and load, the invariance of the physical situation with regard to rotation about the wire axis would require (b) to be valid.
In Appendix 2.2 we attack the much more formidable problem of finding the general solution for the electric field and current in a round wire subject to transmission line boundary conditions. Such solutions allow the possibility of azimuthal variation in the fields.
Consider now the thin (width is dr) red loop shown in Fig 2.1:
Fig 2.1. End view of wire, current flowing in direction toward viewer
According to (2.1.1) with J = σE and no displacement current,
B•ds = (μσ) ∫E•dA . (2.1.5)
For the CCW loop shown, the "right hand rule" says area dA points out of the plane of paper. The two sides of this equation can be easily evaluated (B = Bθ and E = Ez)
[ B(r+dr) (r+dr) - B(r) r] θ = (μσ) E(r) [ rθ dr ] (2.1.6)
which simplifies to
= (μσ) [r E(r) ] . (2.1.7)
Comment: When one says in Fig 2.1 that "J points in the direction", one intepretation might be that the vector J has the form J = Jz and that Jz > 0. That is not the correct interpretation for our pictures. The quoted phrase just means that J = Jz and nothing is implied about the "sign" of Jz. In our case, Jz = J(r) which is a complex number which has no "sign". If we said "J points in the - direction" we would just mean that J = Jz(-) = -Jz. Our only interest in clarifying these "directions" is to get the signs right in our application of Stokes's law. The same comment applies to the direction of B in the next figure. By saying that "B points out of the plane of paper", we just mean that B = +B(r) which is consistent with the the fact that J = +Jz according to the right hand rule: thumb in the "direction" of J at the wire axis, curled fingers are in the "direction" of B.
Now consider the thin red loop shown in Fig. 2.2,
Fig 2.2. Top view of wire's central plane, current flowing in direction down
According to (2.1.2),
∫E•ds = -jω∫B•dA . (2.1.2)
where, for the CCW loop shown, the right hand rule puts dA pointing to the viewer (aligned with B which points to the viewer due to its right hand rule with J ). The two sides of this equation can be easily evaluated (the first term on the left is negative because points down while the red arrow points up)
[ - E(r+dr) + E(r)] s = -jωB(r) [ s dr ] (2.1.8)
which simplifies to
= jωB(r) . (2.1.9)
This equation says that E(r) changes with radius as long as ω ≠ 0 and B(r) ≠ 0. Since everything is complex, we cannot really tell from (2.1.9) that |E(r)| increases with radius, but we shall see below that it does, and this fact gives rise to the "skin effect" where current is maximum at the wire surface.
Reader exercise: Why can't we take the absolute value of both sides of (2.1.9) and reach the conclusion that ∂r|E(r)| = ω|B(r)| > 0 and conclude that |E(r) increases with r? Answer: ∂x|f| ≠ |∂xf|
Now solve (2.1.9) for B(r) and put this into (2.1.7) to get
= (jωμσE(r) . (2.1.10)
The operator on the left is 2 in cylindrical coordinates for a function that does not depend on θ or z. Thus, (2.1.10) is really a special case of the following
[ 2 - (jωμσ)E(r) = 0 . (2.1.11)
This in turn is a special case of the field wave equation (1.6.2), which we can write as
(2 + β2)E(x,ω) = 0 . (2.1.12)
Since x is located inside the metal, we know that ρT = 0 and Ja = 0 in (1.6.2).
The Helmholtz equation parameter β2 is given by (1.5.3) and (1.5.4),
β2 = ω2 μξ= ω2 μ [ ε + σ/jω] ≈ ω2μσ/(jω) = -jωμσ .
β ≡ ej3π/4 (2.1.13)
The displacement current term in β2 has been neglected in the first line above. Parameter β = 2π/λ is a "wavenumber" and has dimensions of m-1. The complex number -j has two square roots which are ej3π/4 and e-jπ/4,
Fig 2.3
and we specify the upper red arrow in the above definition of β.
We could have started out with (2.1.12) and skipped all the above analysis of loops, but this method of using loops is useful for understanding more complex situations.
The next step is to expand (2.1.10) as follows:
+ + β2 E(r) = 0 . (2.1.14)
Change variables to x = βr, which is dimensionless. Then
r = x/β x = βr ∂x/∂r = β
∂E/∂r = ∂E/∂x ∂x/∂r = β ∂E/∂x = β ∂xE
∂2E/∂r2 = (∂r [∂E/∂r] ) = ∂x [∂E/∂r] (∂x/∂r) = ∂x [β ∂E/∂x] β = β2 ∂x2E . (2.1.15)
Inserting these quantities into (2.1.14) and multiplying through by x2/β2 then gives
x2 + x + x2f(x) = 0 (2.1.16)
where f(x) = E(x/β). Now (2.1.16) happens to be Bessel's Equation with ν=0 [A&S 10.2.1], and the solution must therefore be a linear combination of this form, where C and D are constants,
f(x) = C J0(x) + DY0(x) . (2.1.17)
So far, we still don't know which way ∂E/∂r in (2.1.9) is changing, but we are about to find out. Since f(x) represents the current and the electric field, we know f(0) cannot be infinite. But Y0(x) blows up at x=0. Therefore constant D = 0. We now have an exact solution for the electric field in the wire:
E(r) = f(x) = C J0(βr) β = ej3π/4 (2.1.18)
The following definition is usually made (factor of 2 explained later)
δ ≡ // ωμσ = 2/δ2 (2.1.20)
so that
β = ej3π/4 (/δ) and β2 = -2j/δ2 . (2.1.21)
It is convenient to divide (2.1.17) by itself evaluated at r=a which we shall assume is the radius of our round wire, so (plots coming soon),
E(r) = E(a) [J0(βr) / J0(βa)] . (2.1.22)
From (2.1.9) and (2.1.21) we can easily find the B field,
B(r) = (β/jω) E(a) [J0'(βr) / J0(βa)] (2.1.23)
since ∂rJ0(βr) = (∂x/∂r) (∂J0(x)/∂x) = β J0'(x). An alternate form results from dividing (2.1.23) by itself evaluated at the wire surface, so
B(r) = B(a) [J0'(βr) / J0'(βa)] . (2.1.24)
It happens that J0'(x) = -J1(x) [ A&S 10.6.2 ] , so the above results can be restated as
B(r) = - (β/jω) E(a) J1(βr) / J0(βa) = + B(a) J1(βr) / J1(βa) . (2.1.25)
Let us gather up all the main results obtained so far and put them in a box:
Solution of a Round Wire (2.1.26)
= (μσ[r E(r) ] (2.1.7) = jωB(r) (2.1.9)
E(r) = E(a) [J0(βr) / J0(βa)] (2.1.22)
J(r) = J(a) [J0(βr) / J0(βa)] // above times σ, J = Jz = current density
B(r) = - (β/jω) E(a) [J1(βr) / J0(βa)] = + B(a) [J1(βr) / J1(βa)] (2.1.25)
β = ej3π/4 (/δ) = ej3π/4 and β2 = -2j/δ2 (2.1.21), (2.1.14)
δ ≡ = skin depth (2.1.20)
The reader is reminded once again that E(r), B(r) and J(r) are complex functions of r and ω since they are components of the Fourier Integral Transform of the time-domain fields and current density. Since β is complex, the various Jν(βr) are also complex. Thus, the nature of the solutions in the above box is not very obvious at this point.
2.2 A study of the solution of a round wire
(a) Kelvin Functions
The reader may be aware of the so-called first-kind modified Bessel function defined by
Iν(x) ≡ e-jπν/2 Jν(ejπ/2x) ,
where the Jν function argument has phase π/2. Unfortunately, our Jν(βr) functions have phase 3π/4 so the Iν functions are not particularly useful.
The real and imaginary parts of a Bessel function having an argument with phase (3/4)π have the following historic names (bessel real and bessel imaginary) called Kelvin functions [ A&S 10.61.1 ],
Jν(ej3π/4z) = berν(z) + j beiν(z) . (2.2.1)
In our application ej3π/4z = βr = ej3π/4(/δ) r so that z = (r/δ). Thus, the solution E(r) in (2.1.22) may be written as,
E(r) = E(a) . z = (r/δ) (2.2.2)
The Kelvin functions are real when the arguments are real, as is the case with almost all special functions (real analytic property). Similar functions kerν and keiφ are associated with Kν(ej3π/4z ) where Kν is the second-kind modified Bessel function. Since J(r) = σ E(r), we could replace E with J on both sides of (2.2.2). This equation for J appears in Matick as p 101 (4-18).
Note: Lord Kelvin (William Thomson) introduced the ber and bei notation for these functions while considering the same problem we are dealing with here. The functions appear in the Appendix of his 34 page 1889 inaugural address used when he became president of the Institute of Electrical Engineers (see Refs) :
We can verify using Maple (which Kelvin would have enjoyed) that these are the ber0 and bei0 functions:
Some authors, not liking Kelvin's notation, use Ber, Bei, Ker, Kei for ber, bei, ker, kei. Perhaps the idea is that Be is more obviously Bessel and perhaps Ke is then for Kelvin.
Since these Bessel forms occur a lot, there are standard functions for the magnitude and phase [ A&S 10.68.1 ]
Jν(ej3π/4z) = Mν(z) ejθ(z) . (2.2.3)
Of particular interest is the magnitude of E(r). Applying (2.2.3) to the E(r) in (2.1.22) gives
|E(r)| = |E(a)| . (2.2.4)
(b) Plots of |E(r)/E(a)| for various δ values
Finally we are in a position to make some plots to see how the electric field magnitude varies with radius in a round wire as a function of the skin depth parameter δ ≡ . As ω increases, δ decreases. Our aging Maple V knows about the Kelvin functions but not M, so here is the code
and here are plots of |E(r)| / |E(a)| for a = 20 and δ = 1 to 10, The steepest curve is for δ = 1:
Fig 2.4 . Plot of |E(r)/E(a)| or |J(r)/J(a)| versus r for a round wire with skin depth
taking values δ = 1 (rightmost curve) to δ = 10 (top curve).
One sees clearly how the current and electric field magnitude drop off quickly moving in from the edge of the round wire toward the wire axis when δ is small relative to radius a.
Asymptotic expansions for Mn(z) and θn(z) for large z are given by A&S 10.68.16 and 10.68.18,
Mν(z) ≈ [ 1 - + O(1/z2) ]
θν(z) ≈ (z/) + (π/2) [ ν - 1/4 ] + + O(1/z2) . (2.2.5)
For ν = 0 we find
M0(z) ≈ [ 1 + ]
θ0(z) ≈ (z/) - (π/8) – . (2.2.6)
For z > 3 the correction term in M0(z) is less than .03 so we may ignore it for rough estimates. In this case one gets
|E(r)| = |E(a)| = |E(a)| z = (r/δ) za = (a/δ)
≈ |E(a)| = |E(a)| exp([z-za]/) .
But [z-za]/ = (r/δ)-(a/δ) = (r-a)/δ and = . Thus we find that
= e(r-a)/δ r/δ > 3/= 2.1 . (2.2.7)
This is the famous skin depth result as it appears for a round wire. This ratio is 1 at the surface, and then drops off exponentially with characteristic distance δ. One sees now why the was included in the definition of δ: there is then no in equation (2.2.7). Equation (2.2.7) is valid down to within about 2 skin depths of the center axis of the wire. In general, one can assume the field E(r) is zero for all practical purposes perhaps 5 skin depths in from the surface (if a > 5δ). Here are plots of |E(r)|/|E(a)| using the approximate formula (2.2.7) for the same ten δ values as our previous plots,
Fig 2.5 . Previous plot using a certain approximation discussed above.
and here are the two sets of plots superimposed with some notations added:
Fig 2.6 . Superposition of the previous two sets of plots.
The wire radius is a = 20, and the curves are for δ = 1 to 10, with δ = 1 being the rightmost and steepest curve. The red (exact) and black (approximate) curves for δ = 1 agree down to r = 2 at least. The δ = 5 red/black pair of curves start to pull apart around r = 10 which is 2 skin depths from the center. The δ = 8 red/black pair of curves start to pull apart around r = 16. We thus verify the claim made above that the each red/black pair of curves agree starting at r = a and moving in to about 2 skin depths from the center line (the pull-apart points are marked by dots). One can also see that the electric field is roughly zero about 5 skin depths in from the surface (marked by x's).
Here are some skin depth values in copper based on (2.1.20) δ with σ = 5.81 x 107mho/m, and μ = μ0 = 4π x 10-7 H/m. Selecting a reference point of 1 GHz, we have,
δ = = = = 2.09 x μ (2.2.8)
Here is a little table then of copper skin depths (μ = microns),
f δ f δ
10 GHz 0.66μ 1 KHz 0.21 cm
1 GHz 2.09μ 100 Hz 0.66 cm
100MHz 6.61μ 10 Hz 2.09 cm
10 MHz 20.9μ 1 Hz 6.61 cm
1 MHz 66.1μ
100 KHz 209μ
10 KHz 661μ
The radius of the center conductor of Belden 8281 coax is 15.5 mil = 394 μ, so the skin effect restriction occurs for f ≈ 1 MHz and above. At 1 GHz δ is about 1/200th the radius.
As we get into the lower frequencies, the exponential decay no longer applies for Belden 8281 . For very low frequencies, we can use the small z limit of J0(z) to see how the distortion begins at low frequency,
J0(z) = 1 - z2/4 z << 1 // Spiegel 24.5 z = (r/δ) . (2.2.9)
Using the expression for E(r) and β2 in box (2.1.26) we find
= = . (2.2.10)
Here we see the very early phase of the skin effect happening at low frequencies. This would apply for example in Belden 8281 at 1 KHz and below. There is a very slight dip in the E(r) and J(r) distribution at r=0 compared to r=a. For example, with a = 20 and δ = 100 we have z ≤ (a/δ) = (1/5) = .28 for all values of r, so z is "small" in the whole range, and here is the plot. Notice the offset zero so the drop is only 2 parts in 10,000.
Fig 2.7 Slight dip in E(r) or J(r) moving from surface to center for a round wire
in the low frequency limit. In this case radius a = 20 and skin depth δ = 200.
(c) Review of the round wire solution
To conclude this section, we state in full notation the solution of the round wire as outlined above, using ω rather than δ as the argument of interest, where recall δ = so z = (r/δ) = r . The following two expressions are (2.1.22) and (2.1.25) with (β/jω) = ejπ/4 / ω as in (2.1.13):
E(r,ω) = E(a,ω) E(x,ω) = E(r,ω) (2.2.11)
B(r,ω) = - E(a,ω) ejπ/4 B(x,ω) = B(r,ω) (2.2.12)
The ratio is then
= - ejπ/4 . (2.2.13)
If the round wire is driven by an external monochrome (ω1) electric field at r = a (same for all z) ,
E(a,t) = E0ejωt E(a,t) = E(a,ω)
then
E(a,ω) = !Syntax Error, Idt e-iωt E(a,t) = E0 2πδ(ω-ω1) .
In this case, it is easy to transform (2.2.11) and (2.2.12) to the time domain using (1.7.8). We do this and then replace ω1 by ω to reduce clutter,
E(x,t) = E0 ejωt (2.2.14)
B(x,t) = - E0 ejωt ejπ/4 (2.2.15)
and of course J(x,t) = σ E(x,t). These field solutions have the promised form (1.7.13)
E(x,t) = ej[ωt+φ(r,ω)] e(r,ω)
B(x,t) = ej[ωt+φ(r,ω)] b(r,ω) (1.7.13)
where e and b are real and
ejφ(r,ω) e(r,ω) = E0 = E0 (2.2.16)
ejφ(r,ω) b(r,ω) = - E0 ejπ/4 (2.2.17)
(d) Plots of the round wire solution for Belden 8281 at 5 MHz.
Here is some Maple code to generate various plots for E0 = 1 volt/m, μ = μ0 = 4π x 10-7, σcopper = 5.81*107, ω = 2π [ 5 MHz ], and a = 394 μ -- all as appropriate for the center conductor of Belden 8281 coaxial cable. Notice that the factor
= = 10-3 = 3.4 x 10-3
causes B to be small even at the surface r = a. We first set in the parameters just quoted,
and then do the plots as follows:
e = Magnitude of E φe = Phase of E
b = Magnitude of B φb = Phase of B
b/e = Magnitude of B/E φb-φe = Phase of B/E
The nature of these plots for moderate to large z can be obtained from the large z limit of the Jν functions as noted earlier,
Jν(ej3π/4z) = Mν(z) ejθ(z) . z = r (2.2.3)
Mν(z) ≈ θν(z) ≈ (z/) + (π/2) [ ν - 1/4 ] (2.2.5)
Example: For the electric field in (2.2.16) we have this large z limit,
E0 = E0
≈ E0 ej(r-a)
≈ E0 exp[- (a-r) ] e-j(a-r)
which shows both the exponential decay in magnitude and the phase linear in r.
φe(r,ω) ≈ -(a-r) .
This phase starts at 0 when r = a and then goes negative with slope + , as the graph shows.
2.3 The Surface Impedance Zs(ω) of a Round Wire
A piece of round wire can be thought of as a resistor. Consider Fig. 1:
Fig 2.8: Round wire as a resistor
Here a piece of finite-σ wire is attached to a pair of σ = ∞ contacts. The total impedance of the wire is then determined by Z = V/I ohms where V is the voltage applied to the contacts and I is the total current through the wire.
Alternatively, one could probe the wire along its surface as shown by the two arrows separated by dz. There is some voltage dV between the probes due to the field Ez(a) ≡ E(a) at the surface of the wire. By definition, the surface impedance per unit length is
Zs ≡ (- dV/dz)/I = E(a) / I ohms/m . (2.3.1)
Since the fields and currents derived under the assumptions of Section 2.1 vary only with r, Zs is independent of z and we get
V = V(0) - V(L) = - !Syntax Error, IdV = - !Syntax Error, I(dV/dz) dz = !Syntax Error, I I Zs dz = I Zs L = I Z (2.3.2)
so
Z = Zs L . (2.3.3)
As one might imagine, Zs plays a role in transmission line attenuation.
(a) Expressions for Surface Impedance
To compute the surface impedance of our round wire, we have to make a connection to the total current I in the wire. This time, our "loop" is a circular belt lying on the wire surface as shown in red in Fig 1. We apply (2.1.1) on this loop (with ε = 0) to get:
2πaB(a) = μI . (2.3.4)
Thus, from our Zs definition (2.3.1) and from (1.1.5) that B = μH,
Zs = E(a)/I = E(a) μ/[2πaB(a)] = (μ/2πa) E(a)/B(a) . (2.3.5)
Looking at the B(r) equation in the box (2.1.26), we may write
B(a) = - (β/jω) E(a) [J1(βa) / J0(βa)]
=> E(a)/B(a) = -(jω/β) [ J0(βa) / J1(βa) ] . (2.3.6)
This ratio can then be inserted into (2.3.5) to obtain the surface impedance,
Zs = Zs(ω) = - (μ/2πa) (jω/β) [ J0(βa) / J1(βa) ]
or
Zs(ω) = (2.3.7a)
where β = (/δ) ej3π/4 and δ ≡ as in box (2.1.26). Using these last two facts and the fact that ej3π/4 is a square root of -j, the leading factor may be written
= =
so we have this alternate form for (2.3.7a) in which ω does not explicitly appear,
Zs(ω) = β = (/δ) ej3π/4 . (2.3.7b)
Below we shall use form (2.3.7b) to plot Zs(ω) as a function of skin depth δ.
Equation (2.3.7) is, as expected, rather complex. In terms of the Kelvin functions defined in (2.2.1) we may write (2.3.7a) as
Zs(ω) = . (2.3.8)
According to (2.2.1) we may write, with α ≡ ej3π/4,
berν'(z) + j beiν'(z) = = = αJν'(αz) = ej3π/4 Jν'(ej3π/4z) . (2.3.9)
Then since J0'(x) = -J1(x) we find that
ber0'(z) + j bei0'(z) = ej3π/4J0'(ej3π/4z) = - ej3π/4 J1(ej3π/4z)
= - ej3π/4 [ber1(z) + j bei1(z)] . (2.3.10)
Then (2.3.8) may be rewritten as
Zs(ω) = (2.3.11)
and this form for Zs(ω) appears in Matick p 104 (4-28).
(b) Low frequency limit of Zs(ω)
Small ω => large δ => small β, so we expand both Bessel functions of (2.3.7) for small argument:
[ Spiegel 24.5,5 ]
J0(x) ≈ 1 - x2/4
J1(x) ≈ (x/2)(1 - x2/8) 1/J1(x) ≈ (2/x) (1 + x2/8)
=> J0(x)/J1(x) ≈ (2/x) (1 + x2/8) (1 - x2/4) ≈ (2/x)(1-x2/8) = 2/x - x/4
=> J0(βa)/J1(βa) ≈ 2/(βa) - (βa)/4 .
Then from (2.3.7a)
Zs(ω) = ≈ [2/(βa) - (βa)/4 ] = +
= + // β2 from (2.1.13)
or
Zs(ω) = + jω = Rs + jωLs // low frequency limit (2.3.12)
The first term is the uniform DC resistance of the wire per unit length, normally written ρ/A, see (C.2.3) of Appendix 2.1. The second term is jω times the DC internal inductance Li = (μ/8π) H/m, as derived in 3 (5) of Appendix 2.1. Recall that this is exactly 50 nH/m, quite small, and independent of radius.
(c) High frequency limit of Zs(ω)
We first use (2.2.3) to write (2.3.7) as
Zs(ω) = (-jωμ/2πaβ) [ M0(a/δ) / M1(a/δ) ] exp[ j{θ0(a/δ) - θ1(a/δ)}] . (2.3.13)
Since large ω small δ large arguments for the functions in (2.3.13), we use these large z limits which can easily be obtained from (2.2.5) using ν = 0 and 1,
M0(z) / M1(z) = [ 1 + + O(1/z2) ]
θ0(z) - θ1(z) = - [ (π/2) + + O(1/z2) ] . (2.3.14)
Insertion of these large-argument formulas into (2.3.13) with z = δ/a gives
Zs(ω) = (-jωμ/2πaβ) (1 + ) exp(-j [π/2 + ])
= (-jωμ/2πaβ) [ 1 + δ/(16a) ] exp(-j [π/2 + δ/(16a) ])
= [ 1 + δ/(16a) ] e-jπ/2 e-jδ/(16a) . // -j = e-jπ/2
The phasor factors combine to give
e-jπ/2 e-j3π/4 e-jπ/2 = e-jπ[1+3/4] = e-jπ[2-1/4] = e-jπ2 ejπ/4 = ejπ/4 = (1+j)/
and then
Zs(ω) = (1+j) [ 1 + δ/(16a) ] e-jδ/(16a) . (2.3.15)
Then if δ << 16a the last two factors are unity and we have
Zs(ω) ≈ (1+j) = (1+j) = (1+j) // using δ2 = 2/ωμσ from (2.1.20)
≈ (1+j) δ << 16a . (2.3.16)
Writing this as the sum of a resistive and inductive part,
Zs(ω) = Rs(ω) + jω Ls(ω) (2.3.17)
we find
Rs(ω) = = ω Ls(ω) = XLs(ω) . (2.3.18)
The inductance can be written several ways,
Ls(ω) = = = . (2.3.19)
The resistance has a simple interpretation. It is R = 1/(σA) where area A = (2πa)δ . This is the area of a thin washer at the periphery of the wire of thickness δ.
The inductance is harder to understand. Its origin can be traced back to (2.3.5) above which shows that the phase of Zs is equal to the phase of the ratio E(a)/B(a). It is a result of Maxwell's curl equations that the phase of this ratio as seen in (2.3.16) is π/4 at the surface of a conductor in the skin effect limit. The inductive reactance is the same as the resistance, but the inductance itself increases as frequency decreases, behaving as L ~ 1/ as shown.
Quantity Rs(ω) in (2.3.18) is called Rhf by Matick in (4-35), and (2.3.16) appears as (4-36).
(d) Plots of Zs(ω) versus skin depth δ
From (2.3.7b) we found that
Zs(ω) = β = (/δ) ej3π/4 δ ≡ . (2.3.7b)
This is in SI units, but we will use a = [a(μ)10-6] m and δ = [δ(μ) 10-6] m and σ = 5.81 x 107mho/m for copper, where a(μ) and δ(μ) means the wire radius and skin depth in microns. Then:
Zs(ω) = ohms/m N = 1012
The two limits obtained above were :
Zs(ω) ≈ + jω = + j small ω, large δ
Real part goes to a constant, imaginary part decays as 1/δ2
Zs(ω) ≈ (1+j) = + j large ω, small δ
Real and Imaginary part are the same and blow up as 1/δ
In our units above the low frequency constant limit is RLF ≡ = .
Here is some Maple code which plots the real (red) and imaginary (black) part of ln Zs(ω) as a function of δ, and also computes the constant limit (gray) just mentioned. The copper wire radius is set to a=1000 μ .
Fig 2.9: Plot of surface impedance ln Zs as function of skin depth δ ≈ 40 to 1000 μ
for a copper wire of radius 1000 μ. Red is real part, black is imaginary.
Here is the same plot for δ = 100 to 1000 without the natural logs (ln = "log" in Maple) :
Fig 2.10: Plot of surface impedance Zs as function of skin depth δ = 100 to 1000 μ
for a copper wire of radius 1000 μ. Red is real part, black is imaginary.
Either plot type realizes the two limits discussed above.
For the limited range δ = 1 to 10 μ the above plot has this appearance ( the red and black curves are superposed and the gray constant line at .0055 is indistinguishable from the x axis) :
Fig 2.11: Plot of surface impedance Zs as function of skin depth δ = 1 to 10 μ
for a copper wire of radius 1000 μ. Red is real part, black is imaginary.
2.4 Surface Impedance for a Transmission Line
What is the surface impedance of an arbitrary conductor? As we have seen, a significant amount of work was needed to obtain the exact result even for the simple geometry of a round wire. Once can repeat this calculation for other geometries, such as a stripline. The general nature of the result is always the same when δ is much smaller than the depth of the conductor. That result is this (with comparison)
Zs(ω) ≈ // general case (2.4.1)
Zs(ω) ≈ (1+j) δ << 16a . // round wire (2.3.16)
where D is the effective distance around the cross sectional surface of a conductor where significant current flows. For the round wire this was D = 2πa, the circumference. For a thick stripline of width w, D = w. Consider these two possible transmission line cross sections:
Figure 2.12 : stripline looking down the channel Figure 2.13: twin lead
In both cases we assume a frequency ω such that skin depth δ is small compared to the thickness of the conductors. Although the total cross sectional perimeter of one of the stripline strips is 2w + 2t, it seems clear that the length of the "active surface" is only w, and one sets D = w in the surface impedance formula. For the twin lead case, assumed far apart, both conductors are immersed in roughly uniform active fields, so the full D = 2πa is applicable.
As the two round wires are brought very close together, certainly there will develop an asymmetry so that the currents are largest on the parts of the wires closest to the other wire. In this case, one must make an estimate of the "effective distance" . Here is a picture,
Here we have indicated a graphical estimate of the "active region" of current flow.
King [p 30 Eq (45)] quotes an approximate surface impedance result for the case of Figure 2.14. The effective distance is equal to,
D = 2π a . a = wire radius, b = center line separation (2.4.2)
If the gap between the conductors is a/6, a rough estimate for Fig 2.143, then the radical in this formula becomes .38, so the dark lines shown should cover 38% of the circumference. If the conductors almost touch, then D becomes extremely small.
King makes the interesting remark in his 1955 (updated 1965) book that "accurate formulas for the internal (i.e., surface) impedance of one cylindrical conductor in the presence of another with different radius are not available." We think that such formulas can be derived with moderate effort using the Zs formula given in Appendix 2.2 equation 3 (8) together with the potential φ given in Section 6.3, box (13) .
In general, the high frequency skin current will be large where the E and B fields are large. These fields are large where the electric field would be large in a capacitor whose "plates" are the two conductors in cross section.
There is an interesting transmission line "paradigm shift" which occurs as one moves from the low frequency domain to that of high frequency. For small ω, one thinks of the current in the two conductors of a transmission line as being there because they are "applied" by some external agency. The current then creates a B field around each wire.
In the high frequency skin-effect limit, it is easier to think of the currents in the conductor surfaces as being generated by the field activity near the surfaces. The E and B fields just outside the conductors force themselves slightly into the surface. The resulting E field in the surface layer is then what creates the current.
Matick's Chapter 4 computes the surface impedance for the round wire and for some strip line conductors.
Chapter 3: Transmission Line Preliminaries
3.1 Why is there no charge inside a conductor?
There can be charge inside a conductor, but only if the conductor is excited at an extremely high frequency. A charge density ρ inside the conductor implies an electric field E according to div E = ρ/ε. This E field then causes a current J = σE which attempts to drain the charge off to the surface.
Here is a simple way to estimate the time constant for this process. Imagine a one dimensional conductor with some charge density ρ inside. Then from div E = ρ/ε0 we get
∂Ex/∂x = ρ/ε0 . (3.1.1)
The electric field so generated causes a current J = σ E, so
∂Jx/∂x = σ ∂Ex/∂x . (3.1.2)
But this drains the charge away according to div J = -∂ρ/∂t, which is Jx ???
∂Jx/∂x = -∂ρ/∂t . (3.1.3)
Combining these three equations we get
∂ρ/∂t = - (σ/ε0) ρ . (3.1.4)
This implies that ρ decays exponentially with time constant
T = ε0/σ (3.1.5)
For copper, σ = 5.81 x 107 mho/m, and ε0 = 8.85 x 10-12 F/m, so T = 1.52 x 10-19 sec. Thus, any process which occurs inside a conductor at a frequency much less than 1019 Hz always allows plenty of time for any interior charge to move to the surface. This is 1010 GHz, far beyond the operating frequency of a transmission line. We may therefore conclude that:
Fact 1: In a transmission line, charge exists only on the surface of conductors.
3.2 How thick is the surface charge layer on a conductor?
This is a fascinating subject and the interested reader will find an analysis in Appendix E from which we now quote.
It turns out that the charge density decays exponentially away from the surface into the conductor and drops to 1/e of its surface value at a distance called the Debye length. For copper, this distance is roughly 0.55A (Angstroms) , which is 5.5 x 10-11 m. The crystal spacing for copper is 3.6A, and the copper atom radius is about 1A. Thus,
Fact 2: The thickness of the surface charge density on the surface of a conductor is incredibly small. For copper, it is less than the radius of one copper atom, and the general result applies to any metal.
In Section 2.2, we noted that the skin depth δ for copper at 100 GHz is about 0.2 microns which is
2x10-7 m = 2000A. Even at this huge frequency, the skin depth is still about 4000 times larger than the thickness of the surface charge layer. At 1 GHz this ratio is 40,000.
Fact 3: Whereas current can exist "deep" under the surface of a conductor, even when the skin effect is dominant, the surface charge can always be thought of as being exactly on the surface.
3.3 How does loss tangent affect dielectric conductivity?
The total current in a dielectric may be written, as noted in (2.1.1),
Jtot = (jωε E + σE) . (3.3.1)
The first term is the displacement current and the second term is the conduction current. At high frequencies (say 1 GHz), the dielectric constant ε acquires a small imaginary part due to the presence of absorption resonances at much higher infrared frequencies. One can write ,
ε = ε' - jε" = ε' [ 1 - j (ε"/ε' ] = ε' [1 - j tanL] . (3.3.2)
The loss tangent is (minus) the ratio of the small imaginary part to the dominant real part of ε. It is sometimes referred to as the dissipation factor. When this expression is inserted into (3.3.1) the result is,
Jtot = jωε E + σE = jωε' [1 - j tanL]E + σE
= jωε' E + ( σωε' tanL) E
= jωε' E + σeff E . (3.3.3)
In effect, the dielectric has now acquired an effective conductivity,
σeff = ( σωε' tanL) . (3.3.4)
Because the DC conductivity of a good dielectric is so small, the loss tangent contribution to σeff dominates even at quite low frequencies. For polyethylene, for example, we use these numbers,
σ ≈ 10-15 mho/m ε' = 2.3 tanL ≈ 2x10-4 (3.3.5)
taken from
http://www.sdplastics.com/polyeth.html San Diego Plastics, Inc. Fig 3.1
Note: This table claims ρ = 1015 ohm-cm = 1013 ohm-m, but most other sources give larger values. We assume ρ ~ 1017 ohm-cm = 1015 ohm-m and therefore σ ~ 10-15 mho/m. It does not matter much!
Even at 1 Hz, the loss tangent contribution dominates in (3.3.4). Using the above figure for tanL, here are a few values of σeff versus frequency: (f = .0 is really 100 = 1 Hz)
// = 2.6 x 10-3
3.4 Normal (radial) current conservation at the surface of a conductor.
The normal component of total current is conserved at the boundary between a dielectric and conductor. The reason this is true follows from the integral form (1.1.18) of Maxwell (1.1.1) in the ω domain,
H•ds = ∫(jωεE + σE)•dA . (3.4.1)
Imagine a small "loop" which lies parallel to the boundary surface (red square below),
Fig 3.2
The integral of H around this loop does not change as the loop slides through the surface, because the parallel components of H are continuous at a surface, as was shown in (1.1.21). Thus, the total current, represented as the integrand of the right side of (3.4.1) must be continuous at the surface. We can then write,
(jωεd + σdENd = (jωεc + σcENc (3.4.2)
where d = dielectric and c = conductor and EN is the normal component of the E field.
On the conductor side, total current is dominated by the conduction current since σc is so large. In fact, for frequencies below 1018 Hz, we can completely neglect jωεc relative to σc. [ ref ]
On the dielectric side, exactly the opposite is true. In Section 3.3 we showed that the DC conductivity of the dielectric is completely negligible, and the loss tangent contribution is on the order of 10-4 times the displacement current. Thus, the displacement current is the dominant term in the dielectric. [ ref ]
The ratio of normal Ed to normal Ec at a boundary between conductor and dielectric is therefore given by
(jωεdENd ≈ (σcENc => ≈ . (3.4.3)
Again, we can look at some typical numbers.
σc = 5.81 x 107 mho/m (copper)
εd = 2.3 ε0 (polyethylene) (3.4.4)
ε0 = 8.85 x 10-12 farad/m
At a "high" frequency of ~ 500GHz the ratio in (3.4.3) is ~ 106, and at lower frequencies the ratio increases, since the displacement current drops off. Thus, we arrive at these useful facts:
Fact 1: The total current in a dielectric is dominated by displacement current, while that in a conductor is dominated by conduction current.
Fact 2: At a boundary between a good dielectric and a good conductor, the normal E field is at least 1 million times larger in the dielectric than it is in the conductor for frequencies under 500 GHz.
This large jump in EN at the boundary must be supported by a significant surface charge density n on the boundary, since [εdENd - εcENc] = n according to (1.1.22).
The main point of this section is that the "total current" Jtot ≡(jωεE + σE) flows right through the square surface loop shown in Fig 3.2, but changes its nature from mostly conduction current on one side to mostly displacement current on the other side. In the next section, we identify the normal direction with the local radial direction. Then the total current passing through a tiny square patch like that in Fig 3.2 can be regarded as being "fed" by the radial current Jr just inside the conductor where Jr = σEr .
3.5 The TEM mode fields and currents for an IDEAL transmission line
In this and the next section, we take a crude qualitative look and the various E,B and J components first for an ideal transmission line, then for a real one. An example is repeatedly used in which the conductor of interest is the round center conductor (radius a = 1 mm) of a properly terminated 75 Ω coaxial cable driven by 7.5 volts, and thus having a current of 100 mA. The two tables obtained (one ideal, one real) mainly serve as an exericise in applying the various concepts reviewed in previous sections.
By "ideal" we mean that the conductors have near infinite conductivity and the dielectric has zero conductivity. Consider a cross sectional view of one conductor of a transmission line having arbitrarily shaped conductors (the shape is uniform in the z direction). At some point on the surface, define a local coordinate system where
r = radial direction = the normal outward from the surface (local x)
φ = azimuthal direction = tangential to the surface in the cross section plane (local y)
z = tangential to the surface along the transmission line (local and global z)
Fig 3.3
The following table shows the qualitative sizes of various components of E,B and J (conduction current) near the surface of a transmission line conductor. Several regions of space are of interest:
1. In the conductor, under the surface charge layer and under any current layer.
2. In the conductor, just under the surface charge layer, and in the current layer.
3. In the dielectric, just outside the super-thin surface charge layer.
Comments follow the table.
Table 1: E,B,J for an ideal transmission line
Region 1. In the conductor, under the surface charge layer and under any current layer.
Er = 0 Br = 0 Jr = 0
Eφ = 0 Bφ = 0 Jφ = 0
Ez = 0 Bz = 0 Jz = 0
Region 2. In the conductor, just under the surface charge layer, and in the current layer.
Er = small Br = 0 Jr = small
Eφ = 0 Bφ = large Jφ = 0
Ez = small Bz = small Jz = very large
Region 3. In the dielectric, just outside the super-thin surface charge layer (explanations below):
Er = large Br = 0 Jr = 0
Eφ = 0 Bφ = large Jφ = 0
Ez = small Bz = small Jz = 0
Region 1: (the interior) In the absence of interior "applied" charges and currents, we know that E and B satisfy Helmholtz equations of the form (1.6.2). Due to the powerful exponential effect of this equation at the boundary [ see skin effect discussion of Section 2.2 and (2.2.7) ], we know that E and B fields cannot exist deep inside the conductor, and can exist only in the skin depth region. A "perfect conductor" has σextremely large, and δ = extremely small since δ =. Thus, conductor E and B fields can only exist close to the surface. In region 1 of the above table, we show all fields as being 0 underneath the very thin current sheath. Since E = 0 in the perfect conductor interior, it follows from J = σE that J = 0 there as well (region 1). Thus, all current is confined to the thin current sheath of regions 2. Maxwell (1.1.2) says curl E = -jωB in the ω domain, so if E = 0 in the interior, so also is B.
Region 2: (the current sheath) As just noted, all currents flow in a very thin sheath at the surface of thickness δ. Since the thickness is tiny, the current density Jz there is "very large" as marked in the table. Imagine a total current I flowing down the conductor, but it is restricted to flow only in the thin sheath.
In this thin layer, there is some radial pumping of charge to the surface to "feed" the surface charge which is always changing in time, so we indicate a small Jr term. As noted in Section 3.4, this same Jr is "feeding" the total current flow through the surface, and the surface converts this total current from conduction current on the inside to displacement current on the outside. An argument will given below for why Jr is very small compared with Jz and we duly markl Jr as "small" in region 2.
Application of Ampere's Law (3.4.1) to the small red loop in Fig 3.3 (Bφ = 0 on the left long edge) shows that the large Jz sheath current creates a "large" size Bφ field in the sheath which grows from 0 on the sheath's inner boundary to some large value at the conductor surface. Ignoring dramatic μ differences, this Bφ then exists just outside the surface as well according to (1.1.21). We thus mark Bφ as "large" in both regions 2 and 3. If I = 100 mA and a = 1 mm for a round conductor, then Bφ = μ0I/(2πa) = 20 μT at the wire surface. (Earth field is 32 μT) . This is a large vlue for Bφ in our current context.
Since E = J/σ, even though Jz is very large, σ is extremely large, so we shall mark Ez as being "small". And since Jr is already marked "small", we mark Er also as "small".
The remaining three entries in the region 2 table above (Br, Eφ, Jφ) we leave at 0, though they might have some very tiny values.
Region 3: (the dielectric) Since we are now outside the surface charge layer, (1.1.22) says there is a large radial electric field Er which is supported by this charge density (Gauss's Law), so we mark Er as "large" in region 3. Application of the integral form of (2.1.2) to the greeen loop in Fig 3.3 shows that E|| is continuous through the boundary (since the Bφ field is not infinite there). Therefore, we give Eφ and Ez the same values they had in region 2.
We already noted that Bφ continues being moderate just above the surface.
It was noted above that there is a radial pumping current Jr inside the conductor. This pumps charge onto the conductor surface, and this Jr is converted to displacement current in the dielectric as discussed above in Section 3.4 (think of a simple parallel plate capacitor where this also happens). This displacement current and Jr are relatively small currents and they create a small Bz field as we now demonstrate. Consider a very tall red loop whose one edge lies parallel to the z direction between the conductors and whose top edge is very distant.
Consider Ampere's law (1.1.18) relative to this loop and with respect to the displacement current flowing through the loop between the conductors,
H ds = ∫S ∂tD dA . (1.1.18)
Integration of the small displacement current ∂tD passing through the loop gives some small non-zero value for the area integral on the right. Meanwhile, the line integral on the left has cancelling contributions from the vertical loop sides, while the loop top is far away so contributes nothing. The result is some small Hz and hence small Bz in the region between the conductors. Since Bz is a parallel field, it will exist also just inside the conductor surface, as indicated by (1.1.21). Both these Bz fields are marked "small" in the table for regions 2 and 3. As a crude estimate, if the loop is λ/2 long with λ = 1 m and if the total displacement current through the loop is I ~ 100 mA, then Bz(λ/2) = μ0 I and Bz = 0.25 μT, which is small compared to our 20μT estimate for Bφ.
Since the dielectric has zero conductivity, the conduction current components are all set to zero.
In the dielectric, if we ignore the small Ez and Bz field components relative to the large Er and Bφ, we find that (see Fig 3.3) just outside the surface, the E and B fields are perpendicular and are both transverse to the z direction. Hence this is a TEM (Transverse Electric and Magnetic) mode of the transmission line. Their cross product is the Poynting vector (1/μ) E x B which is in the +z direction coming at the viewer in Fig 3.3. This is the direction of power flow along the transmission line. (Jackson 6.109: S = E x H in SI units)
3.6 The TEM mode fields and currents for a REAL transmission line
We now "turn on" the imperfections of the transmission line. As soon as σ in the conductor becomes large but finite, the infinitely thin current sheath spreads out over some reasonable skin depth δ. At very low frequencies, the current Jz is spread across the entire conductor and there is no Region 1. At higher ω there still is a Region 1, but we shall ignore it from now on. We are still interested in region 2 which is just inside the surface charge layer. Recall from Section 3.2 above that the surface charge layer remains nearly infinitely thin even for a non-perfect conductor.
So here is the new table. The superscripts refer to descriptive sections below. Other values are just carried from the previous table. In order to make ballpark magnitude estimates, we assume that the transmission line is 75 ohms, is properly terminated, and is driven by a voltage of amplitude 7.5 volts, so the current is 100 mA.
Table 2: E,B,J for a real transmission line
Region 2. In the conductor, just under the surface charge layer, and in the current layer.
Er = small [c] Br = 0 Jr = small
Eφ = 0 Bφ = large Jφ = 0
Ez = small [a] Bz = small Jz = large [a]
Region 3. In the dielectric, just outside the super-thin surface charge layer.
Er = large [a] Br = 0 Jr = small [b]
Eφ = 0 Bφ = large Jφ = 0
Ez = small [a] Bz = small Jz = leakage [b]
[a] Ez and Jz in the conductor; Ez and Er outside the conductor
Inside the conductor, a non-zero Ez exists due to the current flow in the z direction and the finite conductivity of the conductor. As an estimate for a round wire not too close to the other conductor, assume that the wire has diameter 1 mm, and is operating at 1 GHz with a skin depth δ = 2 microns. The cross sectional area for current flow is then about 2πrδ = 2π x 10-9 m2. If 100 mA flows through this wire, then Jz = 0.1/(2πrδ) = 1.6 x 107 amps/m2, and this Jz is marked "large" for region 2 in the above table. Then Ez = Jz/σ = 1.6 x 107 / 5.81 x 107 = 0.3 volts/meter. This Ez is marked "small" in the region 2 part of the above table. At lower frequencies where skin depth is larger, Ez is less.
Since Ez is a parallel E field, according to (1.1.20) it has the same value in region 3, so that is also marked "small" above.
In contrast, if the conductor separation is 0.5 cm, and if we crudely assume the E field is constant between the conductors, then Er between the conductors is 7.5 volts/ 5 x 10-3 m = 1500 volts/m. This is marked "large" in region 3 above. So in region 3 just outside the conductor,
Er ~ 1500 V/m Ez ~ 0.3 V/m ratio (Ez/ Er) ≤ 2 x 10-4 (3.6.1)
[b] Leakage: Jr, Ez and Jz in the dielectric
By "leakage" is meant conduction through the dielectric. As shown in (3.3.4), the effective conductivity in the dielectric is given by
σeff = ( σωε' tanL) . (3.3.4)
For polyethylene, σ ~ 10-15 and can be ignored, while ε' ≈ 2.3 ε0 and tanL ≈ 2x10-4 as in (3.3.5). For a frequency of 1 GHZ, we then find
σeff ≈ ωε' tanL ≈ 2π 109* [2.3 * 8.85 x 10-12] * 2 x 10-4 ≈ 2.5 x 10-5 (3.6.2)
This is 12 orders of magnitude smaller than the σ of copper ~ 107, but it is 10 orders of magnitude larger than the DC conductivity of the dielectric ~ 10-15.
To estimate the significance of this leakage at high frequencies, we can compare the ratio of the leakage current to the displacement current in the dielectric (the currents flow through the same area so ratio is Jleak/Jdisp)
| | ≈ | | ≈ tanL ≈ 2 x 10-4 . (3.6.3)
Thus, even at high frequencies, the effect of leakage on the current flowing through the dielectric is quite small compared to the displacement current. The "radial" current Jr has to support both the leakage current and the more significant displacement current, and we have just seen that the leakage part can be ignored. We carry region 3 "small" Jr from the previous table since the leakage does not alter this fact.
Finally, we already noted a small Ez just outside the conductor, and since the dielectric has some very small leakage ( σeff), there will be some small Jz in region 3 which we have marked "leakage".
[c] Er and Jr inside the conductor
We have already estimated that Er inside the conductor surface is less than 10-6 what it is outside the surface, see Section 3.4. Thus, if Er outside is 1500 volts/m as in our section (a) example, Er inside is less than 1.5 mV/m at 500 GHz, and is proportionally less than this at lower frequencies, so Er in region 2 is marked "small". In the example above we found Ez ≈ .3 V/m inside the conductor. Thus we have Er << Ez inside the conductor which in turn means Jr << Jz . Below we shall provide more support for the idea that Jr << Jz .
3.7 The general shape of fields, charges, and currents on a transmission line.
(a) Facts about field structure
Based on the information in Table 2 above, we are in a position to draw the general field structure for a real transmission line. Some general rules are now apparent:
Fact 1: In a cross sectional sketch of a transmission line, the E field lines land on the conductors at right angles to the conductor surface. This is exactly true for the TEM mode, and applies to all points on the conductor surfaces.
Proof: There are no transverse surface currents in the TEM mode, so Eφ = 0 exactly. Even if this were not true, we would expect the right angle rule to be very nearly exact, since transverse E fields must in any event be miniscule. See Fact 2 below.
Fact 2: In a longitudinal sketch of a transmission line, the E fields still land on the conductors at very close to right angles.
Proof: The deviation from π/2 is less than 2x10-4 radians according to (3.6.1), and the deviation is in the direction of current flow at each conductor.
Fact 3: Apart from an overall scale factor, the cross-sectional field shape of a TEM wave on a transmission line is independent of position z along the transmission line, and is independent of time t. The shape is also independent of ω.
Proof: As we shall see below, the TEM form of any field or current is F(x,y,z,t) = ej[ωt-kz+φ(ω)]F(x,y) where F(x,y) is real, so all t and z dependence is in the exponential. We can take the physical field to be the real part as discussed in Section 1.7 so Fphysical(x,y,z,t) = cos[ωt-kz+φF(ω)] F(x,y). Thus, the cross sectional shape of the field is determined by F(x,y) and is the same at all values of z apart from an overall scale factor cos[ωt-kz+φF(ω)]. This scale factor varies between +1 and -1 as one moves down the line in z at some fixed t, or as one observes at some fixed z as time varies. Later we will see that this shape F(x,y) can be found by solving a certain 2D Helmholtz equation, and we find that the shape is determined entirely by the shape of the boundaries of the conductors. Different vector fields (e.g., J and E) might have different phases in this wave motion which we indicate by φF(ω) for F(x,y,z,t).
Fact 4: In a cross sectional sketch of a transmission line, the E and B field lines are perpendicular at every point in the dielectric.
Proof: Recall these two equations from earlier sections
curl B = μ (jωε E + J ) = μ (jωε E + σE ) = μ(jωε + σ)E (2.1.1)
β2 = ω2 μ [ ε + σ/jω] = ω2 μ( jωε + σ) /jω = ωμ( jωε + σ) /j (2.1.13)
If follows from these equations that,
curl B = j(β2/ω) E ≡ C E . (3.7.1)
To show that the E and B fields are perpendicular, we will show that E•B = 0. We have from (3.7.1),
C E•B = curl B B = ( ∂xBy - ∂yBx)Bz + ( ∂yBz - ∂zBy)Bx + ( ∂zBx - ∂xBz)By .
Since Bz ≈ 0 ( see estimate in previous section), we are left with only two terms
C E•B = By(∂zBx) - Bx(∂zBy) = By2 ∂z (Bx/By) .
However, we argued in Fact 3 that the shape of fields does not vary with z. Thus, the ratio of two components like Bx/By cannot vary with z. Thus, E•B = 0 so the E and B lines are perpendicular everywhere in the dielectric. ( We also assume Ez ≈ 0 since it is small in the dielectric).
Fact 5: In a cross sectional sketch of a transmission line, the B field lines just outside the conductor surfaces are exactly parallel to the surface, so B = Bφ . Thus, Br = 0 at the surface.
Proof: We have now shown in Fact 4 that B lines must be perpendicular to the E lines everywhere in the dielectric, and this includes just outside the conductor. But from Fact 1 we know that E = Er at the surface. Therefore B = Bφ and Br = 0. This then is the justification for maintaining the condition Br = 0 in Table 2 where we have a non-perfect conductor.
Comment: Fact 5 is a non-trivial and non-obvious fact, and applies to arbitrarily shaped conductor cross sections, as do all our facts here. The result seems obvious for round wires, but is in fact non-obvious even in that case. If a transmission line is made of two fat round conductors closely spaced, one imagines that the B lines due to current in one conductor are perfectly circular about the center of that conductor. In fact this must be false, because we are claiming in Fact 5 that the vector sum of both conductor's B fields (ie, the total or actual B field) has a round contour line at the surface of each conductor. Thus, the B field contours due to one conductor alone must not be circular. In fact, the current density inside each conductor is non-uniform by just the right amount to make this work out. For widely spaced round conductors, the effect is not very noticeable because the effect of one conductor's B field at the surface of the other conductor is so small.
(b) Drawings of the fields
We are now in a position to draw some sketches of fields on a transmission line. Let's start with the transverse or cross section picture:
Fig 1: Cross section view
Although this figure is drawn for two round conductors, its general features apply to any conductors. The figure is a snapshot at one instant in time. The • and indicate current flow direction in the conductors. Positive charge exists on the surface of the left conductor, and is strongest on the face of that conductor which is closest to the other conductor. Negative surface charge lies on the right conductor. The electric fields are as shown and are strongest in the region between the conductors. The magnetic field directions derive from the right hand rule relative to the current in each conductor. The lines of E and B always intersect at right angles.
The magnitude of the E field is determined by the potential difference between the conductors and the geometry. It is independent of frequency. Similarly, the magnitude of the B field is determined by the size of the current in either conductor and is also independent of frequency.
Consider a 75Ωtransmission line that is properly terminated and is driven by a 7.5 volt amplitude sine wave. Regardless of frequency ω, the magnitude of the current in this transmission line is 100 mA, and the magnitude of the potential difference is 7.5 volts. Of course both these quantities have sinusoidal time dependence. At some instant in time, the fields and currents are as in Fig 1.
We have just argued then that not much happens in the transverse directions x and y as frequency sweeps from very low to very high. Of course the rate at which the pattern oscillates back and forth increases, but the shape of things does not change. At the peak of each cycle, things look like Fig 1 regardless of ω.
This may seem contradictory. In general, one is used to ω affecting things due to equations like
curl E = -iωB Maxwell curl E equation (1.1.2)
The resolution is that all the spatial variation happens in the longitudinal direction. Here then is a top view of the same transmission line:
Fig 2: Top view of transmission line
The red E arrows are all of unit length and serve to mark the direction and density of electric field lines lying in the plane containing the center lines of the conductors. The blue B arrows are seen end on and indicate the same for the magnetic field. On the left they go into the plane of paper and on the right they come out. Later we shall learn about the "transmission line limit" in which the wavelength λ of the wave propagating down a transmission line is assumed to be much larger than all transverse dimensions of the line. The reader should understand the above picture as being in that limit, but one would have to stretch the picture perhaps 100X horizontally to make it be correct. At all places ExB points to the right, so we have a wave propagating to the right (+z).
Let us now apply the Maxwell curl equations using the two loops shown. Loop 1 is positioned to pick up magnetic flux, so we use Maxwell (2.1.2) or (1.1.17) which says,
E•ds = -jω∫B•dA . (3.7.2)
Notice the ω sitting on the right side. We argued in the last section that the amplitude of the B field does not change as ω changes. Thus, the right side of (3.7.1) is proportional to ω. As ω increases, the line integral of the E field around loop 1 must increase. Thus, the rate of change of E must increase in the z direction! In other words, as ω increases, the whole pattern of Fig 2 contracts in the z direction, which causes all z derivatives to increase, thus increasing E•ds for the same fixed loop 1. Remember that the strength of the E field is indicated in Fig 2 by the density of the red arrows, not by the length of the red arrows.
A similar argument applies to loop 2. This loop is appears end-on in Fig 2. It is set up to sense the electric field flux. The appropriate curl equation is Maxwell (2.1.1) or (1.1.19) which says,
B•ds = jωμε ∫E•dA (3.7.3)
Since we are now in the dielectric, we have ignored the small leakage conduction current, and have kept the dominant displacement current. Again there is a factor of ω on the right side, arising from a time derivative. As ω increases, the line integral of the B field must increase. Thus, the B field must change faster in the z direction. As ω increases, the curl equation (3.7.2) is satisfied by having the entire pattern contract in the z dimension.
If the frequency ω doubles, the wavelength λ goes to half. This of course is no surprise, since ω and λ are related by the speed of light in the medium ν,
λ = v/f = 2πv/ω (3.7.4)
The main point of the above discussion is to show how the Maxwell curl equations force the field pattern to contract in the z direction as ω increases. In the transverse direction, the field pattern shape stays constant.
(c) More on the field and current Structure
Here we explore in more detail the general distribution of fields and currents in a transmission line. The goal is to establish the phase relationships among the electromagnetic fields and various currents. Once this is done, it is possible to make an estimate of the ratio Jr/Jz and that is done in the following section.
Consider the following more elaborate version of Figure 2 :
Fig 3: Tilted overhead view of a transmission line
The picture is quite complicated and deserves clarifying comments:
(1) Unlike in Fig 2, the E and B arrows indicate the E and B vectors, and are not just field direction and field line density indicators.
(2) The E and B field vectors are shown along some line which lies in the plane of the center lines of the two conductors and which points in the direction, as do those center lines.
(3) The blue B field arrows lie in the blue plane which is meant to be perpendicular to the plane of the conductor center lines, which is the plane of paper. The red E field arrows are in the plane of paper.
(4) Looking at E x B, we see that the wave is traveling to the right in the direction.
(5) The E field arrows point from positive charge to negative charge, so this is why the + and - signs are distributed as shown.
(6) The conductors are fixed to the paper, everything else is moving to the right at velocity v. This includes the E and B arrows and their curves, the charge density and its curve n, and the two current curves drawn on the bottom conductor.
(7) At point Q on plane z = zQ, since B is coming out of paper to the viewer, the longitudinal current Jz in the lower conductor must be pointing to the right. This is why Jz is shown positive at this point in the lower conductor, and this calibrates the position of the Jz curve. Maximum Jz occurs with maximum B.
(8) There exists a displacement current Jdisp = ∂tD = ε ∂tE in the dielectric whose magnitude is shown as a red curve. For an observer sitting at fixed point P, since the wave is moving to the right, the value of
∂tE is at its instantaneous maximum positive value. This is why the red Jdisp curve has a positive maximum at point P.
(9) As discussed in Section 3.4, the displacement current is "fed" by the radial current Jr inside the lower conductor, so the Jr curve also has its maximum positive value at point P. This Jr current is busily radially pumping positive charge to the surface of the lower conductor at point P so that charge will be there when the wave has moved λ/4 to the right. Of course this radial Jr is doing this charge pumping all around the lower conductor, but we only show it in the plane of paper.
(10) We have glossed over the fact that the E and B fields track each other in magnitude. For example, they are both maximal at the same longitudinal position zQ. B is maximum there because Jz is maximum, but it is not quite clear why E is maximal at the same point. We know this alignment occurs in a plane wave, but a transmission line is not just a plane wave. Various arguments can be ginned up for the alignment of the E and B maximums. One simple argument involves the green cylindrical Gaussian box drawn inside the lower conductor, and we reverse the discussion above. Note that this box lies entirely inside the conductor and so does not enclose any surface charge. Since there can be no charge inside a conductor, this box has Qenclosed = 0. Thus, the total current flowing into this box must be zero. Since the Jz current flows into both ends of this box, the Jr current has to flow out on the cylinder's curved surface. By considering shorter green boxes one can show that Jr is maximal at zP (as drawn). Thus Jdisp is maximum at zP which means ∂tE must be maximum there, which means E = 0 at zP which means E has its maximum in alignment with the maximum of B.
(d) Estimate of the ratio Jr/Jz
Having drawn and described this elaborate picture, we now consider again the green Gaussian box. At the instant in time for which Fig 3 is drawn, the total current flowing into the endcaps of the box is 2I, where I is the peak longitudinal current -- the magnitude of the longitudinal sine wave. Therefore, the total Jr integrated over the sides of the green cylinder must also be 2I.
To obtain a ballpark estimate of the situation, we first assume that the two round conductors are far apart compared to their radii, in which case Jr is roughly symmetric around the conductor surface. Then the total radial current emitted by the curved surface of the green Gaussian cylinder is:
radial current total = [ (2/π)Jr ]* 2πa * (λ/2) = 2I
Since Jr is a longitudinal sine wave, we have added a factor 2/π to get its value averaged over the length of the Gaussian box. In a more general case, we can replace 2πa with distance p which represents the active portion of the conductor perimeter, as illustrated in Fig ***. Then we have
[ (2/π)Jr ]*p * (λ/2) = 2I =>
Jr = 2πI / (λp) (3.7.5)
On the other hand, for a round conductor operating in the skin effect regime where δ < a,
Jz ≈ I/(pδ) , (3.7.6)
where p is the same active perimeter just mentioned. So
Jr/Jz ≈ 2π (δ/λ) . (3.7.7)
For δ we had
δ ≡ (2.1.20)
From (3.7.4) we have λ = v/f = 2πv/ω where v is the wave phase velocity. Then
(δ/λ) = = = . (3.7.8)
Setting v ≈ c and μ = μ0 = 4π x 10-7 and σ = 5.81 x 107 (copper) and f = 109f(Ghz) we get
(δ/λ) ≈ =
= = 10-3 = 7 x 10-6
and so
Jr/Jz ≈ (2π) (δ/λ) ≈ 4.4 x 10-5 (3.7.9)
For f ≤ 10 GHz we then find
Jr/Jz ≤ 1.4 x 10-4 . f ≤ 10 GHz skin-effect regime (3.7.10)
showing that the radial charge-pumping current density Jr is must smaller than the longitudinal current density Jz in the conductor sheath.
What about the low-frequency situation with no skin-effect sheath? For simplicity, we assume now two round conductors of radius a which are widely spaced. No skin effect means roughly δ > a which means
> a => ω < 2/(μσa2) or ωa/2 < 1/(μσa) . (3.7.11)
In this low frequency regime we must replace (3.7.6) by
Jz ≈ I/(πa2) . (3.7.12)
Since (3.7.5) is still valid, we find now that
Jz ≈ I/(πa2)
Jr ≈ 2πI/(pλ) ≈ 2πI/(2πaλ) ≈ I/(aλ)
so
Jr/Jz ≈ π(a/λ) ≈ (πa)(ω/2πv) ≈ ωa/2v = (ωa/2)(1/v) . (3.7.13)
Using (3.7.11) for ωa/2 this says
Jr/Jz < 1/(μσav) . (3.7.14)
With μ = μ0 = 4π x 10-7, σ = 5.81 x 107 (copper) and v = c = 3 x 108 we find for a wire of radius 1 mm,
Jr/Jz < = = 4.6 x 10-8. low frequency (3.7.15)
The conclusion is that in general Jr << Jz under 10 GHz and finally we justify entries made in the tables of Sections 3.5 and 3.6.
3.8 Transmission Line Preliminaries
A transmission line normally has two conductors. The cross sectional shape of these conductors is assumed constant in the direction z along the transmission line. The transverse directions are x and y.
A wave propagates down a transmission line in what is called the TEM mode. TEM means that the electric and magnetic fields of a wave traveling down the guide are transverse, as in Fig 3.7 (1) and (2). What this really means is that an electromagnetic wave goes straight down the conductors as guides with no surface reflections, unlike what happens in a waveguide, see Appendix 3.2. Apart from a small drag on the wave due to losses in the conductors, the wave proceeds with wavenumber β and velocity ν as it would in an open medium. The conductors shape the E and B fields, so the wave is not a "plane wave". Nevertheless, at each point in the dielectric, E and B are perpendicular and E x B points down the transmission line.
We now summarize a set of basic facts about this TEM mode:
Fact 1: The major current for the TEM mode is the longitudinal current Jz. We just showed in the last section that Jr << Jz. There are no azimuthal transverse currents Jφ.
Fact 2: There is no cutoff frequency one has to operate above. The TEM mode works all the way down to DC (although at low frequencies, the attenuation per wavelength may become large). See Appendix 3.2 for why this is not true in a waveguide.
Corollary 2: If one operates a transmission line below the cutoff of the lowest waveguide mode, the TEM mode is the only possible way of moving energy down the line.
Fact 3: The simplest expression of the boundary conditions are in terms of potentials, not fields, so the potential wave equations are used to solve problems. For example, a boundary condition might be that the electric potential between the two conductors is 7.5 volts at the driving end.
Fact 4: The transverse components of the vector potential A can be neglected, so Az is the only component of A we have to worry about.
ok to here
Proof: Consider equation (1.5.8):
A(x) = (3.8.1)
Here, Ja represents some prescribed currents in the conductors and the volume integration is over both conductors in x,y and z, and R = |x - x'|. There is clearly going to be a strong Az component since the predominant conductor currents are in the longitudinal direction.
According to Fact 1 above, transverse currents are very small. With respect to a local coordinate system at a surface point on one conductor, it was shown in Table 3 that Jr = small and Jφ = 0. However, inside the conductors, we can have some Jφ the same order as Jr. [huh?]
When we compute A in the above integral, we can still decompose A into Az, Ar and Aφ . These components are, however, with respect to some fixed coordinate system located perhaps on some approximate center line between the two conductors. Thus, each potential of the pair Ar and Aφ will feel the effect of both Jr and Jφ , but these are both very small. Moreover, there is considerable cancellation which takes place as pieces of Jr and Jφ add together, but just how effective this is is hard to tell. We rely on the fact that Jr and Jφ are very small to conclude that Ar and Aφ may be safely neglected.
This is very different from what happens with Az. In the region of one conductor, the summation is additive for all nearby pieces of current Jz in that conductor, assuming that the wavelength λ of longitudinal propagation is much larger than any transverse dimension. The only place Az is small is on a longitudinal line between the conductors where their contributions cancel.
We conclude then that Ar and Aφ can be neglected relative to Az.
Fact 5: The potential φ(x) can be identified with the transverse "voltmeter voltage" .
Proof: This is not immediately obvious. The thing one measures as "voltmeter voltage" is the line integral of the electric field between two points. If E = - φ, one can identify φ with this voltmeter voltage, but according to Eq. (1.3.1), we have an extra term to worry about,
E = - φ - ∂A/∂t . (3.8.2)
However, according to Fact 4, the transverse components of A are negligible, so we have
Et = -t φ where t ≡ ∂/∂x + ∂/∂y (3.8.3)
If one line-integrates Et from one conductor to the other (keeping z fixed), one gets φ1 - φ2 which is a voltage that a voltmeter would really measure.
Fact 6: The potential φ is constant over the surface of either conductor at a fixed z.
Proof: This follows from the Section 3.6 Table 3 fact that Eφ = 0. Since there is no azimuthal component of electric field at the surface, we get zero doing a line integral of E between any two points on the surface of a conductor in a cross section slice. According to Fact 5, this gives not only the voltmeter voltage between the start and end of such an integration, but it also gives the potential difference ∆φ between these two points. Since the integration must give 0, we conclude that ∆φ = 0 between any two points, so φ must be constant over the surface at fixed z.
Fact 7: The potential Az is constant over the surface of either conductor at a fixed z.
Proof A: Consider putting thin sensing math loops in Figure 1 perpendicular to the plane of paper. When such a loop is parallel to the B lines, there is no threading B flux. Since B = curlA, this means that Az is then constant on both sides of such a loop. In other words, since B = curlA, the B field lines represent contours of constant Az.
According to Fact 5 of Section 3.7, the B field lines just above the surface of a conductor run parallel to the surface, regardless of the cross sectional shape. These B lines cannot "dip" into the surface. Thus, since B field lines are surfaces of constant Az, we conclude that Az must be constant on either conductor surface in a slice at fixed z.
Fact 7 is true regardless of that fact that there can be considerable non-uniformity of the current density Jz inside a conductor, see the Comment after Section 3.7 Fact 5.
Proof B: Since Fact 7 is so important, and is fairly non-obvious, we give here another proof. According to (1.5.5), we have a gauge condition divA = -j(β2/ω)φ which relates A and φ. We have argued in Fact 4 that, at least in the dielectric region between the conductors, we can neglect all components of A except Az. In this case, the gauge condition reads ∂zAz = -j(β2/ω)φ. Now, as we will soon be doing in Chapter 5, assume a separation of variables so that
Az(x,y,z) = (μ/2π) i(z) Azt(x,y) (3.8.4)
This separation is justified in the "transmission line limit" to be discussed in Chapter 4. If we insert this separated form into ∂zAz = -j(β2/ω)φ, we end up with,
[∂zi(z) /i(z)] Az = -j(β2/ω) φ (3.8.5)
Thus, since φ is constant over a cross section conductor surface according to Fact 6, we conclude that Az must also be constant over the same surface, since there are no other functions of (x,y) in the above equation. This concludes our Proof B.
Proof C: Here is one more proof, a variant of Proof A. We know that B = curl A. Thus,
Bx = ∂yAz - ∂zAx (3.8.6)
We have argued in Fact 4 that Ax must be very small because transverse currents are so small, and due to cancellations in the potential integration. Moreover, in the transmission line limit, things change very slowly in the z direction, so ∂zAx is then extremely small. We neglect it to get,
Bx = ∂yAz (3.8.7)
Looking at the local coordinate system shown in the figure of Section 3.5, we can identify x=r and y=φ. Thus, the above states,
Br = ∂φAz (3.8.8)
But, according to Section 3.7 Fact 5, Br = 0. Thus, ∂φAz = 0. This says that Az does not change as one moves along the cross section surface of a conductor, since this is locally always the φ direction. Thus, Az is constant over the surface at fixed z.
Chapter 4: Transmission Line Equations
In this Chapter we use the potential integral expressions derived in Chapter 1 to derive the classic transmission line equations. We learn the all "external" transmission line parameters are determined by a single geometric integral K. The approximations assumed are clearly stated.
4.1 Computation of φ due to one conductor of a transmission line.
Our starting point is (1.5.9) which expresses the potential φ at some arbitrary point x in space due to conductor C1 as an integral over the charge density on the surface of conductor C1:
φ1(x) = (4.1.1)
where R is the distance between x and x'. Consider now this charge density ρ1(x). Following a standard methodology, we will assume that its functional form may be factored in the following manner:
ρ1(x,y,z) = a1(x,y) q1(z) [ comment on dimensions] (4.1.2)
Moreover, without any loss of generality we select the relative scale of these two factors such that the integral of a1(x,y) over a slice of conductor C1 at any z is unity,
!Syntax Error, Idx dy a1(x,y) = 1 (4.1.3)
Therefore, we can interpret q1(z) as the total charge per unit length on C1 , since
!Syntax Error, Idx dy ρ1(x,y,z) = q1(z) !Syntax Error, Idx dy a1(x,y) = q1(z) • 1 = q1(z) .
Assume that q2(z) is the charge on the other conductor C2. If q1(z) + q2(z) ≠ 0, then we have a net charge per unit length and the transmission line is acting as a radiating antenna as well as a transmission line. From now on, we ignore this superposed problem and assume that at each value of z, the net charge on both conductors is 0. This means that
q2(z) = - q1(z) ≡ -q(z) (4.1.4)
To simplify notation, we now dispense with the subscript and denote q1(z) = q(z). However, we maintain the subscript on a1(x,y) to emphasize that the two conductors can have completely different cross sectional shapes. The shape of the transverse distribution of charge on C1 is determined by a1(x,y), but the total charge is q(z) per unit length.
How can we justify assumption (4.1.2)? This is called "separation of variables". The idea is that we assume it without any justification, and then we try to find a solution to our problem which is consistent with the assumption. All we really want is to find a solution to our basic differential equations with their boundary conditions, and any assumptions we make can be justified in the end once we have found a solution. On the other hand, if an assumption like( 4.1.2) does not lead to a solution, then it must have been a bad assumption.
Now insert (4.1.2) into (4.1.1) to get,
φ1(x,y,z) = !Syntax Error, Idx dy a1(x',y') !Syntax Error, Idz' q(z') (4.1.5)
The next move is to write a power series expansion for q(z') about the point z:
q(z') = q(z) + q'(z) (z'-z) + ... = (4.1.6)
where we mean by q(n)(z) the nth derivative with respect to z. If we stick this expansion into φ1 we get,
φ1(x,y,z) = !Syntax Error, I(1/n!) q(n)(z) !Syntax Error, Idx' dy' a1(x',y') !Syntax Error, Idz' (z'-z)n (4.1.7)
In Appendix 4.1 we investigate the dz' integral on the right. If we define the following symbol,
s = (4.1.8)
then the integral has the following functional form:
!Syntax Error, Idz' (z'-z)n = sn fn (βs) (4.1.9)
Without even doing the integral, one could arrive at this general form based on the fact that the integral must have dimensions of (distance)n. It happens that the integral is zero for odd n, since the integrand is then odd and the range of integration is symmetric. It is then convenient to change to summation variable m = n/2 , so (4.1.7) now becomes,
φ1(x,y,z) = !Syntax Error, I(1/(2m)!) q(2m)(z) !Syntax Error, Idx' dy' a1(x',y') s2m f2m(βs) (4.1.10)
To eliminate any further suspense, we now state the integral from Appendix 4.1:
f2m (βs) = 21-m (jβ)-m s-m Km(jβs) (4.1.11)
where Km(z) is a certain standard kind of Bessel function. If we stick (4.1.11) into φ1 we get:
φ1(x,y,z) = -m q(2m)(z) !Syntax Error, Idx' dy' a1(x',y') sm Km (jβs) (4.1.12)
We are now done. The interesting thing is that so far we have made no assumptions whatsoever other than the separation of variables in (4.1.2). If we knew the way the charge was distributed on conductor C1 , as indicated by a1(x',y'), we would have an exact closed form solution for φ at any point in space. Notice that the general form is the following:
φ1(x,y,z) = k0 q(z) + k1 q"(z) + k2 q(4)(z) + ... (4.1.13)
We can now consider applying our first approximation:
The Transmission Line Limit: Assume that λ is large compared to the transverse dimensions of the transmission line as characterized by variable s. Since β = 2π/λ, this means that (βs) is small, so we can then use the small-argument limit of the Bessel function Km(jβs). If we do this, what we find is that the series (4.1.13) is not rapidly convergent and may even diverge. If we make the reasonable assumption that the charge density q(z) behaves as a wave of wavevector β along the line, exp(-jβz), we find that the terms in (4.1.12) drop off on the order of 1/m. This suggests a possible formal logarithmic divergence of (4.1.12). In any event, it is clear that the q"(z) term certainly cannot be "neglected" in (4.1.13).
In our transmission line analysis, what we really want is the potential due to both conductors C1 and C2, call this φ12. Moreover, we are interested in the difference V(z) = φ12(x1) - φ12(x2), where x1 is a point on C1, and x2 a point on C2, such that these two points have the same value of z. This difference V(z) is the normal "voltmeter voltage" between the two conductors of the transmission line at z. In the next section we will show that, when this four-term combination V(z) is constructed, the series corresponding to (4.1.12) or (4.1.13) is highly convergent when we assume the transmission line limit. In fact, if we drop terms that are of order β2 and smaller, we will find that
V(z) = k0 q(z)
and we will then interpret k0 as the inverse capacitance of the line.
If we do not assume the transmission line limit, then the result for V(z) is more like (4.1.13) , and we then have some entity that is more complex than a "standard transmission line", since it has some sort of higher "capacitive moments" ki that have to be kept track of. We do not in this case obtain the classic transmission line equations. This is a whole painful world we plan to steer clear of. We are happy to live with the transmission line limit since it also serves to rule out the waveguide modes of the line.
The implication of the above discussion is that there is a region of frequency ω where the waveguide modes have not yet been activated, but in which the TEM mode does not really obey the classic transmission line equations. This happens when λ/2 is slightly larger than the transverse dimensions of the transmission line.
4.2 Computation of V(z) .
First, as outlined above, we form φ12(x) as the potential of both conductors. We get basically two terms each of the form of (4.1.12). The relative minus sign is due to q2(z) = -q(z):
φ12(x,y,z) = -m q(2m)(z) *
{ !Syntax Error, Idx' dy' a1(x',y') sm Km(jβs) - !Syntax Error, Idx' dy' a2(x',y') sm Km(jβs) } (4.2.1)
with distance s still given by (4.1.8). Next, we form
V(z) = φ12(x1) - φ12(x2)
to get,
V(z) = -m q(2m)(z) *
{ !Syntax Error, Idx' dy' a1(x',y') [ s1m Km (jβs1) - s2m Km (jβs2)]
- !Syntax Error, Idx' dy' a2(x',y') [ s1m Km (jβs1) - s2m Km (jβs2)] } (4.2.2)
where now si = | xi - x' |.
One might wonder why it is that V(z) is independent of the location of the contact points x1 and x2, since this dependence seems to be present on the right side of (4.2.2). If the charge distributions a1 and a2 were prescribed by fiat, V(z) given by (2) would be a function of x1 and x2. However, the charge distributions in fact arrange themselves in such a way as to cause each conductor to be an equipotential surface at any given z. This was Fact 6 of Section 3.8. Since the sliced surfaces are equipotentials, the potential difference cannot possibly depend on where contact is made on each surface, assuming both contacts are in the same z plane.
We now make the following claim, and relegate its proof to Appendix 4.1:
Fact: In (4.2.2), each term m=1 and higher makes a contribution to the sum which is of order (β2) or smaller. In the small-β limit of the transmission line limit, we can neglect all these terms, so that the only term left is the term with m=0.
Here then is the m=0 term in (4.2.2):
V(z) = q(z) X
{ !Syntax Error, Idx' dy' a1(x',y') [ K0(jβs1) - K0(jβs2)]
- !Syntax Error, Idx' dy' a2(x',y') [ K0(jβs1) - K0(jβs2)] } (4.2.3)
where si = | xi - x' |. Since we have already assumed βsi is small, we should take the small-z limit of the K0(z) Bessel function which is,
K0(z) ≈ -ln(z/2) [ 1 + (z/2)2 + order(z4) ] + ψ(1) + (z/2)2 ψ(2) + order(z4 ) (4.2.4)
The main item here is -ln(z/2), but we have shown the non-leading terms as well. The ψ things are certain constants relating to the gamma function Γ(z). We can see what happens with these non-leading terms in (4.2.3). A power z2 causes a factor of β2 or β2ln(β) so we can throw these terms out, and the z4 terms are even smaller. The ψ(1) term cancels in each square bracket difference. The bottom line is then this relatively simple result:
V(z) = q(z){ !Syntax Error, Idx' dy' a1(x',y') ln(s2/s1) -!Syntax Error, Idx' dy' a2(x',y') ln(s2/s1) } (4.2.5)
where si = | xi - x' |.
At this point, we invoke the discussion of Appendix 1.2 about the complex dielectric constant to make this replacement:
q(z)/ε = qeff(z)/ξ (4.2.6)
The ratio of qeff(z)/ V(z) is the complex capacitance C' per unit length of the transmission line. This is nothing fancy, we are just saying that if the dielectric has some conductivity σ ≠ 0, then this effective C' is complex, so it includes the parts normally called G and C.
C' = C + G/jω (4.2.7)
From (4.2.5) we then get, [ I think the integral is purely real. ]
1/C' = (1/2πξ) {!Syntax Error, Idx' dy' a1(x',y') ln(s2/s1) -!Syntax Error, Idx' dy' a2(x',y') ln(s2/s1) } (4.2.8)
This is our first major result. We have used Maxwell's equations and have ended up with an expression for the C and G of a transmission line as a purely geometric transverse integral of the charge densities on the two conductors. Later we will show how these charge distributions can be computed for very general situations. For simple situations, such as twin lead and coaxial cables, we can (and will) use (4.2.8) "as is" to get all the familiar results.
4.3 Computation of z due to one conductor of a transmission line.
In this section, we quickly develop a set of expressions for Az which are entirely analogous to those for φ. The similarity is not coincidental but is in fact necessary due to the fact that Az and φ are components of the same Lorentz 4-vector, and we have selected a reasonably covariant gauge. This was discussed in Section 1.3.
In Section 3.5 Fact 5 it was noted that Az is the only significant component of A. Our starting point then is the z-component of (1.5.8), which expresses the potential Az at some arbitrary point x in space due to conductor C1 as an integral over the current density Jz on the surface of conductor C1:
Az1(x) = (4.3.1)
We then make the same assumption of separation of variables to write
Jz1(x,y,z) = b1(x,y) i1(z) (4.3.2)
where i1 is scaled such that
!Syntax Error, Idx dy b1(x,y) = 1 (4.3.3)
As before, we can now interpret i1(z) as the total current in C1 at z. Again assuming that there is no net superposed radiating antenna current, we have equal and opposite currents in the two conductors,
i2(z) = - i1(z) = -i(z) (4.3.4)
We are of course led at once to an analogous version of (4.1.5),
Az1(x,y,z) = !Syntax Error, Idx dy b1(x',y') !Syntax Error, Idz' i(z') (4.3.5)
This is identical to 4.1 (5) with these replacements:
φ1 → Az1 q(z) → i(z) (4.3.6)
a1 → b1 (1/ε) → (μ)
We can now dispense with duplicating the next several steps and jump right to the bottom line,
Az1(x,y,z) = -m i(2m)(z)!Syntax Error, Idx' dy' b1(x',y') sm Km(jβs) (4.3.7)
4.4 Computation of W(z)
Our analogous treatment continues. We first construct Az12 (x) as the potential of both conductors C1 and C2 which gives a result identical to (4.2.1) with changes (4.3.6). We then take the difference of this potential evaluated at the two conductor surfaces,
W(z) ≡ Az1(x1) - Az2(x2) (4.4.1)
to get,
W(z) = -m i(2m)(z) * (4.4.2)
{ !Syntax Error, Idx' dy' b1(x',y') [ s1m Km(jβs1) - s2m Km(jβs2)]
- !Syntax Error, Idx' dy' b2(x',y') [ s1m Km(jβs1) - s2m Km(jβs2)] }
where si = | xi - x' |. We go on to assume the transmission line limit so β is small. This leads to a result similar to (4.2.3). We then install the limit (4.2.4) to end up with this final result:
W(z) = i(z){ !Syntax Error, Idx' dy' b1(x',y') ln(s2/s1) -!Syntax Error, Idx' dy' b2(x',y') ln(s2/s1) } (4.4.3)
where si = | xi - x' |.
Recall that functions bi(x,y) describe how the current Jz is distributed in the conductors, and the leading factor of 2 is left over from the 21-m factor in (4.4.2).
The "magnetic potential" W(z) is not as familiar to us as the electric potential V(z). You cannot just hook up a magnetic voltmeter between the two conductors and measure W(z). However, looking at the dimensions of the right side of (4.4.3), we can arrive at a certain conclusion. The current densities bi are normalized so that dxdy bi is dimensionless. This is so because the integral of bi across conductor Ci is set to unity. The "dimensions" all went with the i(z) part in (4.3.2). Since the dimensions of μ0 are henries/meter, we may conclude that the integral in (4.4.3) is some kind of inductance, and we thus define Le by W(z) = Le i(z) to get, [ why no resistive piece as we had with φ ? Maybe Le is complex ]
Le = {!Syntax Error, Idx' dy' b1(x',y') ln(s2/s1) -!Syntax Error, Idx' dy' b2(x',y') ln(s2/s1) } (4.4.4)
When we develop the standard transmission line equations below, we will see that Le is the mutual inductance between the two conductors. The subscript e stands for "external" and reminds us that this inductance is due to magnetic field storage between the conductors. We will soon encounter an "internal" inductance as well which arises because there is some B field storage inside the conductors as well.
As noted in the V(z) discussion, if we do not assume the transmission line limit, we end up with a transmission line described by several "inductive moments" in addition to (4.4.4). These are the coefficients of the derivatives of i(z), that is, we have a situation similar to (4.1.13). As before, we steer clear of this situation and cling happily to the transmission line limit.
Observation : If the dielectric between the conductors has any kind of hysteresis, which is not usual for a dielectric, this would be reflected by μω in (4.4.4) being complex. In this case, Le has a slight imaginary part which we interpret as a resistive loss effect due to the hysteresis. In general, we shall consider Le to be completely real.
4.5 The Classic Transmission Line Equations
The results of the previous sections of this chapter may be succinctly summarized as:
qeff(z) = C' V(z) [ q(z) = C V(z) ] W(z) = Le i(z) (4.5.1)
where C' is given by (4.2.8) and Le by (4.4.4). Notice that we have made no assumptions whatsoever about the cross-sectional shape of the transmission line. We have only assumed that the transverse dimensions are small compared to the wavelength λ that corresponds to β -- this was the transmission line limit.
There are two equations from Chapter 1 which we now wish to press into service:
E = - grad φ - ∂A/∂t div A = - σ μ φ - (4.5.2)
If we regard B = curl A as the definition of A, then the first equation above can be regarded as the definition of φ. The second equation above is our "modified Lorentz gauge" condition. In the frequency domain these equations become
E = - grad φ - jωA div A = - j (β2/ωφ (4.5.3)
Since A has only component Az, these equations become,
Ez = - ∂φ/∂z - jωAz ∂Az/∂z = - j (β2/ωφ (4.5.4)
The potentials in the above equations are those due to both conductors and were denoted as φ12 and Az12 in the previous sections. Looking back out our definitions of V(z) and W(z) as differences, we can rewrite the above as:
Ez1 - Ez2 = - ∂V/∂z - jωW ∂W/∂z = - j (β2/ωV (4.5.5)
The quantity Ez1 is the longitudinal electric field at the surface of conductor C1. It is related to the conductor's surface current density by Jz = σ Ez. If the conductor were "perfect", we would have σ = ∞ and Ez1 = 0. Real conductors are of course not perfect. As shown in (2.3.5), Ez1 can be related to the total current in the conductor i(z) by a quantity known as the surface impedance, so
Ez1 = Zi1 i1(z) Ez2 = Zi2 i2(z) (4.5.6)
The surface impedance of a perfect conductor is zero. Since i1(z) = -i2(z) = i(z), we rewrite(4.5.5) as,
(Zi1 + Zi2) i(z) = - ∂V/∂z - jωW ∂W/∂z = - j (β2/ωV (4.5.7)
The circle now closes when we insert into (4.5.7) the second expression in (4.5.1):
= - [ Zi1+ Zi1+ jωLe ] i(z) = - [ jβ2/(ωLe)] V(z) (4.5.8)
These are the classic transmission line equations. They are usually written in this form:
= - z i(z) = - y V(z) (4.5.9)
where
z = R + jωL y = G +jωC (4.5.10)
Here, z and y are called the transmission line impedance and admittance, and the four numbers R,L,G,C are defined to be the appropriate real and imaginary parts. Looking at (4.5.8), we may therefore conclude that:
z = R + jωL = Zi1 + Zi2 + jωLe (4.5.11)
y = G + jωC = jβ2/(ωLe) (4.5.12)
The expression for z seems quite reasonable, but the one for y seems a bit unusual. This is because we still have more work to do.
Note: We have been using bold notation only for vectors, and we now break that guideline by bolding these complex quantities z and y. The purpose of this bolding is to distinguish them from Cartesian coordinates z and y which typically appear in the same problem. Apologies.
There is one more equation we have not yet made use of. It is the equation of continuity applied to either conductor. In differential form this is div J = -∂ρ/∂t = -jωρ. When this is applied to a slice of conductor of thickness dz, we conclude that
= -∂qeff/∂t = -jω qeff(z) (4.5.13)
Here we assume that positive current flows in the z direction in conductor C1. If i(z+dz) is larger than i(z), then the net effective charge qeff(z) within dz must be decreasing. Inserting the first of equations (4.5.1) into (4.5.13) we get,
= - [ jωC'] V(z) (4.5.14)
Comparison with the second equation (4.5.8) results in the following identity,
LeC' = β2/ω2 = μξ (4.5.15)
As shown in Appendix 1.2, Eq. (4), we know that C' = (ξ/ε) C. And from (1.5.3) we have β2 = ω2 μ ξ. Thus we find,
LeC = μεμ0ε0 = μεc2 = 1/v2 (4.5.16)
This tells us that that 1/= v = the speed of light in the dielectric medium. Look back now at our expressions for C' in (4.2.8) and Le in (4.4.4),
2πξ /C' = {!Syntax Error, Idx' dy' a1(x',y') ln(s2/s1) -!Syntax Error, Idx' dy' a2(x',y') ln(s2/s1) }
2πLe / μ = {!Syntax Error, Idx' dy' b1(x',y') ln(s2/s1) -!Syntax Error, Idx' dy' b2(x',y') ln(s2/s1) }
According to the identity (4.5.15), we conclude that the right hand sides of the two equations above are exactly the same! This seems rather amazing, see further comments in Chapter 5. For now, we simply conclude that the basic parameters of a transmission line, apart from the internal impedances, are entirely determined by the following dimensionless transverse integral,
K = {!Syntax Error, Idx' dy' a1(x',y') ln(s2/s1) -!Syntax Error, Idx' dy' a2(x',y') ln(s2/s1) } (4.5.17)
In terms of this integral we may write:
Le = (μ/2π)K (4.5.18)
C' = 2πξ/K = C + G/jω
Since ξ = ε + σ/jω, we can decompose the last into two equations,
C = 2πε/K (4.5.19)
G = 2πσ/K (4.5.20)
Thus, the three traditional parameters of a transmission line Le, C and G are all determined by the same geometric constant K.
Here then is a summary of the results of this section:
Transmission Line Equations
= - z i(z) = - y V(z)
z = R + jωL = Zi1 + Zi2 + jωLe y = G +jωC
Le = (μ/2π)K C = 2πε/K G = 2πσ/K
LeC = μεμ0ε0 = μεc2 = 1/v2 (4.5.21)
K = {!Syntax Error, Idx' dy' a1(x',y') ln(s2/s1) -!Syntax Error, Idx' dy' a2(x',y') ln(s2/s1) }, si = | xi - x' |
4.6 Example: the wide-spaced, two-wire transmission line.
Here we assume two round wires of radius a1 and a2 whose centers are separated a distance b. In order to evaluate the integral K in the above box, we must assume that b is much larger than both wire radii. In this case, we can assume that the charge distribution on the wire surfaces is azimuthally symmetric. The more general case of arbitrary a1, a2, b will have to wait.
The calculation is incredibly easy. For each of the two integrals in K, we assume cylindrical coordinates (r,θ) about the respective conductor. The normalized charge density functions are:
a1(r,θ) = δ(r - a1)/(2πa1) a2(r,θ) = -δ(r - a2)/(2πa2) (4.6.1)
The normalization factors are such that the transverse integral for each charge density is 1, as required in (4.1.3). We need only do the C1 integral, then the C2 one will be obvious. For the C1 integral we use the following geometry: [ new picture, show θ, show values for s12 and s22 ]
Fig 1: Geometry for computing K contribution from C1.
Notice that points x1 and x2 have been chosen to lie on the points of closest approach. The C1 integral is:
K1 = !Syntax Error, Ir dr !Syntax Error, Idθ [ δ(r-a1)/2πa1] (1/2) ln [ b2/2a12(1 - cosθ) ]
= (1/4π) !Syntax Error, Idθ ln [ b2/2a12(1 - cosθ) ]
= (1/2) ln [ b2/2a12 ] - (1/4π) { !Syntax Error, Idθ ln [ 1 - cosθ ] } . (4.6.2)
The integral in { } is a standard definite integral equaling 2π ln(1/2), so the second term gives
-(1/2)ln(1/2) which exactly cancels the 2 of 2a12 in the first term. The result is then
K1 = ln(b/a1) . (4.6.3)
We evaluate the C2 integral in the same way. The minus sign in the expression for K cancels with the minus sign in the charge density for C2 (equal and opposite charges recall), so the result is then
K = K1 + K2 = ln(b/a1) + ln(b/a2) = ln(b2/a1a2) = 2 ln ( b/) (4.6.4)
Therefore, as shown in the above box, we obtain these results for the widely-spaced two-wire transmission line:
K = 2 ln ( b/) C = πε / ln ( b/)
Le = (μ /π ) ln ( b/) G = πσ / ln ( b/) (4.6.5)
In these formulas, μ, ε and σ of course refer to the dielectric, not the conductors. Normally μ=1 and σ is extremely small. ε is always in the range 1 to 10.
What about the internal inductance and resistance?
We have solved this problem exactly in Chapter 2, Section 2.3. The exact answer for either wire (n=1,2) is given by (2.3.7):
Rin + jωLin = Zs(ω) = ( -jωμ'μ0/ 2πan) J0(βan) / J1(βan) (4.6.6)
where
β = (/ δ) δ = . (4.6.7)
Here we are using primed symbols to stand for quantities for the conductor. Normally μ' = 1 since one seldom uses ferromagnetic (iron) conductors.
In the low frequency limit we get from (2.3.9), combining both wires,
Ri(ω=0) = [ + ] (4.6.8)
Li(ω=0) = μ'μ0 / 4π (4.6.9)
In the high frequency limit, where skin depth δ << a1 and a2, the result is (2.3.15),
Ri(ω) = [ + ] = [ + ]
Li(ω) = Ri(ω)/ω = [ + ]
Since the constant in both expressions is the same in this limit, we can write,
Ri(ω) = Xi(ω) = k (4.6.10)
Li(ω) = k (1/)
k = [ + ] ohm-sec1/2
As the frequency increases, the internal resistance Ri and the internal inductive reactance Xi of the two wires both scale as .
Recall that the transmission line parameters are
z = R + jωL y = G + jωC
In the case that the dielectric constant has a slight imaginary part, we can, according to Appendix 1.2 (9), write
εω = Re[εω] [ 1 - j tanL (ω)] (4.6.11)
where the imaginary part is represented by the loss tangent of the dielectric. In this case, we modify the above C and G as follows:
C = πRe[εε0 / ln ( b/) (4.6.12)
G = π σeff / ln( b/)
where
σeff = σ + ε0 ω Re[ε] tanL
We can now combine all these results:
Two-wire transmission line, b >> ai , in the skin effect limit
L = Le + Li = (μ /π ) ln ( b/) + k (1/)
R = k k = [ + ] σ', μ' = conductor
C = πRe[εε0 / ln( b/) μσεtanL = dielectric
G = π σeff / ln ( b/) σeff = σ + ε0 ω Re[ε] tanL
(4.6.13)
4.7 Example: the coaxial cable.
This calculation is very similar to the previous example. First, we need a picture:
The distances are given by:
s1 2 = 2 a12 (1 - cosθ) (4.7.1)
s2 2 = a12 + a22 - 2a1a2 cosθ (4.7.2)
We use the exact same charge distributions as in the previous example, namely (4.6.1). Thus, the K1 integral becomes,
K1 = !Syntax Error, Ir dr !Syntax Error, Idθ [ δ(r-a1)/2πa1] (1/2) ln [ ]
= (1/4π) !Syntax Error, Idθ ln [ ] (4.7.3)
This is really two integrals of the same form, [ Ref ]
!Syntax Error, Idθ ln [ A + B cosθ ] = 2π ln [ ] (4.7.4)
Thus, keeping track of the two separate integrals we get
K1 = (1/4π) { 2π ln [ ] - 2π ln [ ] } (4.7.5)
Since a2 > a1 , the first term becomes 2π ln [ ] , and the overall result is then
K1 = (1/2) ln [ a22 / a12] = ln (a2/a1) . (4.7.6)
This integral has a fairly striking similarity to (4.6.3). In fact, (4.6.3) is the correct result for the example of Section 4.6 even when b is small, if we could force the charge distributions to be symmetric, and provided we reinterpret b as being the distance from the center of C1 to point x2. We know this is true because, if we distort the C2 circle in 4.6 Fig 1, we get 4.7 Fig 1, and we have just done the exact computation for 4.7 Fig 2 and we got K1 = ln (a2/a1).
What about K2? Just looking at Fig 1 above, we can see that K2 = 0. K2 represents the contribution to K from the outer sheath C2. We can get the geometry by just distorting Fig 1 and taking a1↔a2. This contribution to K represents the potential at point x1 due to C2. Since C2 is a cylindrical shell of uniform charge density, we know that the potential at any interior point is 0. To see this, put a Gaussian shell inside. Since no charge is in the shell, the electric field on this shell is zero, and therefore the potential is constant.
If all this makes no sense, we will now prove it in one sentence. To get K2, make the change a1↔a2 in (4.7.5) and now the second term cancels the first term, so K2 = 0.
We are done! The result for the coaxial cable is K = ln(a2/a1). Since the result in Section 4.6 was K = 2 ln ( b/), and since the conductors are still round wires, we can obtain results for the coax cable by replacing K in the box in Section 4.6 with our new K.
The only question one might ask is whether the surface impedance of the outer conductor as a cylindrical shell is the same as for a solid wire of the same radius. In light of the discussion surrounding (2.4.1) , we may conclude that this is indeed precisely the case, provided that the outer sheath has a thickness which is many times the skin depth. In this case, we can regard the sheath as being infinitely thick, and then there are no other dimensions to enter the answer. In a nutshell, we are saying that D = 2πa2 in (2.4.1), which seems quite reasonable.
One could solve this problem exactly by selecting the solution Y0(x) in (2.1.16) in place of J0(x). We shall not bother doing this.
In the low frequency limit, for a non-infinite sheath C2, the DC resistance and inductance will be different from (4.6.8) and (4.6.9). If the thickness of the sheath is t<<a2, then we can replace (4.7.8) with:
Ri(ω=0) = . (4.7.7)
Here we have just installed the appropriate cross sectional area, as per Appendix 2.1 2(2).
As for the DC inductance of a thin sheath, we can make the following computation based on Appendix 2.1, which is accurate if t << a. Outside the sheath we know that H = I/2πa, and inside H = 0, so we can take the average value in the sheath to be I/4πa. The energy stored in the sheath is U = (1/2)μ H2V where V is the volume of the sheath V = 2πat dz, and H = I/4πa. Setting this equal to (1/2)Li I2 we find this result,
Li (thin shell of radius a, thickness t) = (μ/8π(t/a) (4.7.8)
This is the DC inductance of a wire of any radius times (t/a). As t → 0, Li goes to zero because the field is finite, but the volume goes to 0.
So here is our modified DC inductance for the coaxial cable with a thin sheath:
Li(ω=0) = ( μ'μ0 / 4π[ 1t/a ] (4.7.9)
We conclude with the skin-effect limit results, as transcribed from the box at the end of Section 4.6 replacing K with our new K:
Coaxial transmission line, in the skin effect limit
L = Le + Li = (μ /2π) ln (a2/a1) + k (1/)
R = k k =
C = 2πRe[εε0 / ln (a2/a1) μσεtanL = dielectric
G = 2π σeff / ln (a2/a1) σeff = σ + ε0 ω Re[ε] tanL
(4.7.10)
***************
Chapter 5: The Transverse Problem
5.1 Philosophy
In Chapter 4 we derived the general structure of the behavior of a TEM mode wave on a transmission line. The situation is summarized in the box at the end of Section 4.5. Under the assumption that the wavelength λ 2πβ is large compared with the transverse dimensions of the transmission line, we ended up with the classic transmission line equations. It was shown that the usual parameters Le, C, and G are all related to each other by the factor K.
It is now time to look back at what we really did. It all goes back to Maxwell's equation (1.1.1). There is a current term Ja sitting in this equation which makes its way into (1.5.8) which was really the basis of Chapter 4. Similarly, the charge density ρa in (1.1.3) ended up in (1.5.9).
We referred in Section 1.1 to these two sources Ja and ρa as being "externally applied". The approach philosophy was to remove the conductors from Maxwell's world and pretend that currents and charges could be prescribed in and on the conductors. These sources then created potentials φ and A, and these then determined the E and B fields and the problem was seemingly solved.
In retrospect, we took this plan to its logical conclusion outlined in the box at the end of Section 4.5. Our big problem is that we have no way to compute the K integral shown in the box, except in certain highly symmetrical situations such as those treated in Sections 4.6 and 4.7. The reason is that we do not know how the sources (charges and currents) are distributed on the conductors in the transverse direction, and this information is what is needed to compute K.
We must now change our philosophy. We must think of all space as being Maxwell's province. This means the inside of the conductors as well as the dielectric between the conductors. From this point of view, there is no "externally applied" current Ja, and no "externally applied" charge density ρa. We should set Ja and ρa equal to zero in Maxwell's equations (1.1.1) and (1.1.3). There is of course a current J, and it has already been accounted for in (1.1.1) by the term σE. There will also be a charge density ρ which will arise from the divergence of E, as in (1.1.3).
The idea is that we are now looking for a self-consistent TEM wave mode travelling down the conductors. The fields are generated by the current and charge distributions, and the distributions are in turn generated by the fields. For example, the principle current in the conductors Jz is due to the fact that there is some electric field Ez which is creating this current according to Ohm's law J = σ E. At the same time, this created current produces a magnetic field which in turn has an associated electric field according to Maxwell (1.1.2). The entire situation is a self-consistent closed loop. If we can find such a solution, then the solution must exist.
Whenever there is a normal component of electric field at the surface of a conductor, there is an associated charge density. This is the ρ appearing in (1.1.3). This charge distribution is associated with the current distribution according to the continuity equation div(σE) = - ∂ρ/∂t. The charge density arises as part of the self-consistent solution to the problem. Like J, ρ is not "externally applied".
This situation is not uncommon in electromagnetic problems. For example, an accelerating particle radiates, but then the radiation acts back on the particle in a phenomenon known as radiation damping. An antenna radiates, but the radiation has an effect on the current distribution in the antenna. These all serve as reminders that Maxwell's equations, although simply stated, are incredibly complex, and with very few exceptions, no problems have ever been solved exactly.
In Chapter 4, the integral expressions (1.5.8) and (1.5.9) formed the basis for everything! We had prescribed Ja and ρa , and we used these expressions to compute the potentials φ and A. In our new point of view, these integral expressions need to be re-interpreted. Equation (1.5.8) would seem to indicate that A = 0, since Ja = 0. In fact, (1.5.8) is only a "particular" solution of the differential equation (1.5.1). Now we have to find the "homogeneous solutions" of (1.5.1), which is of the classic Helmholtz form
(2 + β2)A = 0. Equation (1.5.9) which now contains the unknown charge density ρ can be interpreted as an integral equation which is equivalent to the differential equation (1.5.2). So in our new mindset, the integral formulas are not incorrect, they are just not too useful.
The time has now come to face the differential equations directly and find solutions. One might at this point think of Chapter 4 as a great waste, but this is not true. Chapter 4 did provide the overall structure of things, and this will be heeded in solving the differential equations.
5.2 The Helmholtz Equations and Separation of Variables
Since Ja and ρa no longer exist, as described above, we set Ja = 0 in (1.5.1) and ρa= 0 in (1.5.2), so we have this pair of differential equations,
( 2 + β2 ) A = 0 (5.2.1)
( 2 + β2 ) φ = - (1/ε) ρ (5.2.2)
where
β ≡ ω (5.2.3)
with
ξ ≡ [ ε + σ/(jω) ] (5.2.4)
Since φ and A are the potentials arising from the presence of both conductors C1 and C2, the φ and A appearing in (5.2.1) and (5.2.2) correspond to φ12and A12 of Chapter 4. The above equations apply at all points in space, both in the dielectric between the conductors, and inside the conductors as well.
Note: A differential equation of the form ( 2 + β2 ) f = 0 is usually referred to as the Helmholtz equation, in honor of Hermann von Helmholtz (1821-1894), an early electromagnetic researcher.
Let us first consider the equation (5.2.2) for φ. We shall do a separation of variables for both φ and ρ. For ρ, we perform a separation very similar to (4.1.2) through (4.1.4),
ρ(x,y,z) = ρt(x,y) q(z) (5.2.5)
where q(z) is the charge per unit length on conductor C1. This defines a transverse charge density ρt(x,y). The integral of ρt(x,y) over the surface of a C1 slice is +1, and over the surface of a C2 slice is -1.
For the potential, we make the following separation:
φ(x,y,z) = (1/2πε) q(z) φt(x,y) (5.2.6)
We are of course free to set the scale factor arbitrarily, since changing the scale factor just changes the definition of φt(x,y). Our motivation for the form shown in (5.2.6) is the work of Chapter 4, in particular equation (4.2.5)
In light of (4.1.13) and the related discussion, we realize that the separable form (5.2.6) is only possible if we are working in the "transmission line limit" where the wavelength λ along the transmission line is much larger than all transverse dimensions.
When (5.2.5) and (5.2.6) are inserted into (5.2.2), the result is
[ + 2π ] + = - β2 (5.2.7)
which has the general form,
[ h(x,y) ] + g(z) = - β2 (5.2.8)
The only way this can be true for all x,y,z in a region is if g(z) = some constant. For reasons that will be clear later, we write this constant as kφ2. Then we get
= kφ2 [ + 2π ] = - β2 - kφ2 (5.2.9)
We can rewrite these as
[ t2 + (β2 +kφ2)] φt(x,y) = -2πρt(x,y) (5.2.10)
[ z2 - kφ2 ] q(z) = 0 (5.2.11)
We now repeat the process for the vector potential component Az, which we know is the only significant component of concern. We make the following separation, similar to (5.2.6), which is motivated by (4.4.3),
Az(x,y,z) = (μ/2π) i(z) Azt(x,y) (5.2.12)
Putting (5.2.12) into (5.2.1) yields,
[ ] + = - β2 (5.2.13)
Again, this can only work if the second term is some constant, which we here call kA2.
= kA2 [ ] = - β2 - kA2 (5.2.14)
which leads to,
[ t2 + (β2 +kA2 )] Azt(x,y) = 0 (5.2.15)
[ z2 - kA2 ] i(z) = 0 (5.2.16)
Consider now equations (5.2.11) and (5.2.16), which we now apply to the full potentials by making use of (5.2.6) and (5.2.12),
- kA2 Az = 0 - kφ2 φ = 0 (5.2.17)
We seek next to find the constants kA and kφ. Consider the differences that played such a major role in Chapter 4,
V(z) = φ( x1, y1, z ) - φ( x2, y2, z )
W(z) = Az( x1, y1, z ) - Az( x2, y2, z ) (5.2.18)
where x1 and x2 are points on the conductors at the same z. Applying (5.2.17) to these differences gives,
- kA2 W = 0 - kφ2 V = 0 (5.2.19)
Now, application of ∂/∂z to the transmission line equations (4.5.9) gives,
- zy i = 0 - zy V = 0 (5.2.20)
where constants z and y are the impedance and admittance of the transmission line. According to (4.5.1), W(z) = Le i(z), so we replace the first equation above with an identical one in W:
- zy W = 0 - zy V = 0 (5.2.21)
Comparison of (5.2.21) with (5.2.19) gives us the result we seek,
kA2 = kφ2 = zy ≡ k2 (5.2.22)
In retrospect, we are not surprised that the constants are equal in light of the Lorentz covariance discussion relating to equation (1.3.9).
From (4.5.11) and (4.5.12) we know that z = Zi + jωLe, and y = jβd2/(ωLe ), where Zi is the total internal impedance of both conductors, and where βd is β of the dielectric. From (4.5.15) we can also say y = jωC'. Therefore
k2 + βd2 = Zi(jω C') = Zi j βd2/ (ωLe) (5.2.23)
For perfect conductors, Zi = 0. We might define a "low loss" transmission line as one where the right side of (5.2.23) is much smaller than βd2. Using β2 = ω2μξ this condition becomes, with μ=1,
Zi << μ0f K = 4πK x 10-7 f ≈ K f(MHz) ohms/meter (5.2.24)
where K is the dimensionless geometric integral defined in Chapter 4. Typically K is a number in the range 1-10, so the above statement is quite clear as a definition of "low loss". For a typical coax cable, Zi is about 1 ohm/m at 1 GHz, K ≈ 3, so the above condition is well met since 1 << 3000.
Fact: For a "low loss" transmission line, as defined above, k2 ≈ - βd2 .
There remains one important final connection to be made to our work of Chapter 4. The constants in the variable separations for φ and Az given in (5.2.6) and (5.2.12) were carefully selected to yield the following result,
φt(x1) - φt(x2) = Azt(x1) - Azt(x2) = K (5.2.25)
where x1 and x2 are any points lying on C1 and C2 in the same z plane. Recall that K determines the three transmission line parameters G, C and Le. The ingredients needed to show that (5.2.25) is true are (5.2.6) and (5.2.12) of this section, and (4.5.1) , (4.5.18) and (4.5.19).
We now summarize the key results of this section:
Separated Transmission Line Equations
Variable separations: Eigenvalue relation:
ρ(x,y,z) = ρt(x,y) q(z) k2 = zy
φ(x,y,z) = (1/2πε) q(z) φt(x,y) (βd2 + k2) = jωZi C'
Az(x,y,z) = (μ/2π) i(z) Azt(x,y) ≈ 0 "low loss" seems wrong
Transverse equations: Transverse boundary conditions:
[ t2 + (β2 + k2)] φt(x,y) = -2πρt(x,y) φt(x1) - φt(x2) = K
[ t2 + (β2 + k2)] Azt(x,y) = 0 Azt(x1) - Azt(x2) = K
Longitudinal equations: β2 = ω2 μξ
[ z2 - k2 ] q(z) = 0 βd2 ≈ ω2 με = ω2/ v2
[ z2 - k2 ] i(z) = 0 βc2 ≈ j(2/δ2) , δ =
(5.2.26)
5.3 A Formal Solution to the Transverse Problem
The eigenvalue problem.
In either the dielectric or the conductor, both φ and all Cartesian components of A satisfy the same transverse Helmholtz equation,
[ + + (β2+ k2) ] f = 0 (5.3.1)
The fact that there exists a surface charge affects the φ equation only at the surface. We know that for a reasonably low loss transmission line, k2 ≈ - βd2 ( k ≈ +jβd) which is a "small" quantity, especially compared to β2 in the conductors. The amount by which k2 differs from - βd2 is what we seek to find. We will have an eigenvalue problem for k2.
The longitudinal equation tells us that (wave travels in +z direction)
= - kf. (5.3.2)
It frequently happens in this kind of problem that things contrive to make solutions f exist only for certain specific values of the eigenvalue k2. In each region, the solution must have a certain type of behavior, and then at the boundaries, various quantities must be continuous. These conditions are so stringent that only specific values of k2 permit any solution at all.
The parameter β is vastly different in these two media, as shown in the box (5.2.26).
In the dielectric, β2 is mostly real, with a slight imaginary part due to the small conductivity σ of the dielectric. The solution f in this region will therefore tend to be oscillatory, since then second derivatives create negative contributions to cancel the positive β2 contribution in (5.3.1). The solution for the lowest eigenvalue will have an extremely mild oscillatory behavior with no nodes. In fact, the oscillation is so mild that the main fields are approximately constant across the dielectric.
Inside the conductor, σ is huge, so β2 becomes large and negative imaginary,
β2 = -jωμ σ-j(2/δ2) (5.3.3)
In a 1-dimensional problem if one has an equation of the form [∂2/∂x2 - j(2/δ2)]f = 0, the solution must look like,
exp( ±x) = exp[ ± ( 1 + j) x/δ ] (5.3.4)
If we interpret x as going into the surface of the metal, we see that in addition to a strong oscillation, there is a strong exponential growth or decay. Exponential growth is unphysical, so we must select the minus sign. This is the well-known skin effect which we have already encountered several times.
So, we are solving for f = φ and A and we know that in the dielectric f is doing some reasonable pattern, and in the conductors f is decaying exponentially to 0. The boundary conditions can be expressed in several ways, one of which is to say that various components of the E and B fields which derive from φ and A must be continuous at each dielectric-conductor interface. In particular, Ez and Hφ must be continuous at each boundary.
In terms of our two main potentials, these continuity requirements are,
Ez(x,y,z) = - kφ - jωAz
= - k(1/2πε) q(z) φt(x,y) - jω(μ/2π) i(z) Azt(x,y) = continuous
Hφ(x,y,z) = (1/μ) Bφ
= (1/μ) ( - ∂rAz) = ( i(z) /2π) ( - ∂rAzt(x,y) ) = continuous (5.3.5)
The first line is satisfied if φt(x,y)/ε and Azt(x,y)/μ are continuous, while the second line requires that
∂rAzt(x,y) be continuous, where ∂r means the normal derivative at the surface. Here we have continued to neglect other components of A, and other components of the E and B fields. Note that ∂rφ is definitely not continuous due to the charge density on the surface.
In any event, as noted, when the dust settles, the eigenvalues for k2 emerge.
The lowest eigenvalue will have the smoothest behavior of Azt between the conductors with no nodes, and this is the behavior that describes our TEM mode. Higher eigenvalues have increasing numbers of nodes (that is, more waves) in the transverse direction between the conductors. These are the waveguide modes discussed in Appendix 3.2.
When this lowest eigenvalue is found for k2 by the above analysis, we then know zy = k2. Since we are in the frequency domain, we expect that k2 = zy will be a function of ω. Knowledge of zy then allows an analysis of longitudinal waves down the transmission line.
The interested reader will find in Matick (Sections 4.5 and 4.8) samples of the above eigenvalue method applied to stripline, the simplest of all possible geometries. Since the eigenvalue k2 is directly related to the internal impedance Zi of the transmission line, according to (5.2.23), these discussions are also discussions of the internal impedance problem.
Determination of the line parameters .
When the eigenvalue problem noted above is solved, we end up with a number for k2 = zy, and a functional form for Azt(x,y) and φt(x,y). By evaluating either of these between the two surfaces, we learn, according to (5.2.25), the magic number K, and this in turn determines the three line parameters according to,
Le = (μ/2π) K C = 2πε/K G = 2πσ/K (5.3.6)
where μ, ε and σ refer to properties of the dielectric.
Equality of potentials in the dielectric.
In the dielectric we notice that Azt(x,y) and φt(x,y) obey the same transverse Helmholtz equation, and they have the same boundary conditions, namely, constant on each conductor surface, and the difference between the two surfaces must be K. Therefore we may conclude that:
φt(x,y) = Azt(x,y) in the dielectric (5.3.7)
This is true to the extent that Az really is constant on the boundaries. We know from the various "proofs" of Az = constant given in Section 3.8 for Fact 7 that certain approximations are involved, such as the neglect of terms associated with other components of A, or such as the neglect of Bz. In fact, Az deviates a small amount from being constant on the boundary of each conductor cross section. This becomes clear when one evaluates the electric field at the boundary:
Ez(x,y,z) = - kφx,y,z - jωAz(x,y,z) x,y on boundary (5.3.8)
For a perfect conductor, Ez = 0 on the boundary, and the two terms cancel. For a real conductor, the two terms do not cancel, and we get a small difference Ez(x,y,z). We know that Ez(x,y,z) can have some variation on the conductor boundary because Ez = Jz/σ and Jz has variation due to the non-uniformity of the current distribution in the conductors, most noticeable when they are fat and closely spaced. Since φ = constant on the boundary, the only way we can have Ez(x,y,z) vary on the boundary is if Az(x,y,z) varies. This variation of Ez(x,y,z) corresponds to a variation of the surface impedance of the conductor at different points on the surface.
Although the variation of Az(x,y,z) on the boundary is miniscule, we have in (5.3.8) that Ez is the difference between two relatively large quantities which very nearly cancel out. Thus, the very small variation in Az(x,y,z) on a boundary can become a large variation in Ez..
Comparison of potentials inside the conductors.
Although φt(x,y) and Azt(x,y) are nearly identical in the dielectric, they are grossly different inside the conductors. The reason is that the surface charge density ρt(x,y) affects φt(x,y) but not Azt(x,y), see the transverse equations in box (5.2.26) above. We have seen already that ∂rAzt(x,y) is continuous through the boundary, whereas ∂rφt(x,y) has a large discontinuity due to the surface charge.
As noted in Section 3.2, the surface charge on the conductors is for all practical purposes infinitely thin. Table 3 of Section 3.6 shows that outside this charge layer, the radial electric fields can be very large. Inside the charge layer, there is some very small radial electric field Er which goes with the radial current Jr which supplies the charge layer. The potential φt(x,y) has the same value on both sides of the surface charge layer and is constant over the surface, Section 3.8 Fact 6.
Rubber sheeting of fields and potentials inside the conductors
Inside the conductors, the general behavior of all potentials and fields depends on the frequency ω, which is to say, the behavior depends on the size of the skin depth δ relative to the cross sectional dimensions of the conductors.
For high frequency and small skin depth, all potentials and fields have the same characteristic behavior. They all "rubber-sheet" down to zero as you move away from the boundary toward the interior, and they do so exponentially right in the skin depth layer. The reason for this is that all fields and potentials satisfy the Helmholtz equation with β2 = -j(2/δ2).
As one moves out of this limit to lower frequencies, things change and the pattern of fields and potentials is frequency dependent. At very low frequency, the field Ez exists everywhere inside the conductors, although it can be non-uniform. The azimuthal and radial components of A, which were neglected in the dielectric, now become important. This fact becomes clear when one considers what happens to divA = -j(β2/ω)φ as one passes through a boundary. Whereas Az and φ are continuous, β2 undergoes a dramatic change, so the other terms in divA must be significant.
Nature of the surface charge density.
The radial electric field Er is much larger outside the conductor surface than inside. In fact, in Section 3.6 Table 3 we argued that the exterior Er field is typically 1 million times larger than the interior field. By placing a gaussian box at the surface, using Maxwell (1.1.3), and ignoring the interior Er field, one finds this expression for the surface charge density n:
n(x,y,z) = ε Er = - ε ∂rφ-(1/2πq(z) ∂rφt(x,y) (5.3.9)
Thus, the surface charge density is completely determined by the radial electric field at the surface, which in turn is controlled by the radial gradient of the transverse potential at the surface. We expect that the surface charge density so obtained can be highly non-uniform over the conductor surfaces. The charge should be larger where the conductor surfaces have their closest approach, and the E fields are largest. If the conductors are large and very closely spaced, the non-uniformity of n over the surface should be quite dramatic. This leads to the non-uniformity in Jz which has been noted several times.
Self Consistent Currents.
We have noted above the fact that the potentials penetrate into the surfaces of non-perfect conductors and create Ez(z) and Jz(z) in the conductors. As noted in Section 5.1 above, the currents in the wires are not externally applied, they just fall out as part of the self-consistent solution. If the skin depth is small compared to the conductor thickness (diameter), the current in the conductors only flows in a small region near the surface of the conductor. This result was not obvious from the approach taken in Chapter 4, where we thought of the current as more or less uniformly spread over the cross section of a conductor, since we imagined that the "external driving source" made the current this way. Here we see that current is really due to the potentials and fields, and is thus a surface effect.
This, then, is the formal solution of the transverse problem. We shall not attempt this program, but the point should be clear that the problem and the solution are well defined. With a computer, one could solve an arbitrary cross section transmission line in this manner, to any degree of accuracy desired.
Caveat on Accuracy
We should not let this presumed perfect accuracy make us lose sight of the "transmission line limit" of Chapter 4 which is always operative. As suggested by the series in (4.1.13), there are really higher order terms in the transmission line equations (4.5.9) which we ignore because we assume β is small. By doing a "perfect" solution of the transverse problem, we get "perfect" values for the first order coefficients (line parameters) which appear in (4.5.9). But we still have to assume small β if we want to ignore the higher order terms such as one proportional to i"(z).
The small-β corrections ( β = 2π/λ) are of order β2, as claimed in Section 4.2, and as shown in Appendix 4.1. Thus, for example, we expect our overall accuracy to be on the order of (d/λ)2, where d is the largest transverse dimension of our transmission line. For example, if d = 0.5 cm for some coaxial line, and λ = 1 meter, we expect our accuracy to be roughly 1 part in 105, which is pretty good. Note that λ is the wavelength in the dielectric, and so is affected by the dielectric constant.
5.4 An approximate solution to the transverse problem.
In Section 5.3 we described a "formal solution" of a transmission line which required the solution of the transverse Helmholtz potential equations. Once the lowest eigenvalue k2 is found, along with the associated solutions for the potentials, we could compute everything, including the surface impedance of the transmission line.
Since this eigenvalue problem is hard to solve, we describe here an approximation method that gives reasonable results. Only the dielectric part of the problem is treated, and the conductors are at first ignored, then later their influence is approximately included through estimates of their surface impedance.
Notice that the factor (β2 + k2) appears in the transverse equations for Azt(x,y) and φt(x,y). From 5.2 (23) we know that
k2 + β2 = jωZi C' (5.4.1)
where Zi is the total surface impedance of both conductors. If we are willing to assume that these conductors are "perfect", then Zi ≈ 0, so (β2 + k2) ≈ 0 as well. The degree of "perfection" can be measured using our "low loss" condition (5.2.24) which says Zi must be less than μ0f K.
Then we have the following approximated transverse equations from (5.2.26),
t2 φt(x,y) = -2πρt(x,y) (5.4.2)
t2 Azt(x,y) = 0
and we know that surface charge ρt(x,y) exists only on the conductor surfaces. In the dielectric, both equations have the same form, the same boundary conditions, and in fact the same solution, as already noted in Section 5.3. Thus, we set,
f(x,y) = φt(x,y) = Azt(x,y) / in the dielectric (5.4.3)
Then f(x,y) must satisfy the following equation and boundary conditions:
t2 f(x,y) = 0 (2D Laplace) (5.4.4)
f(x,y) = constant on each conductor surface slice (5.4.5)
The plan is then to solve the 2D Laplace equation for f(x,y) subject to the condition of constancy on the two conductor cross sectional surfaces. When this has been done, we can evaluate the geometric factor K from,
f(x1) - f(x2) = K (5.4.6)
and we then have good estimates for the line parameters Le, C and G which are functions of K.
What we do not get by this approximation method is an estimate for the surface impedance, since we assumed it was zero. We must therefore estimate Zi by some independent method. For round wires, a method was presented in Chapter 2. For other standard conductor shapes, see Matick Chapter 4.
An estimate of error in the above approximation.
Once we have an estimate for Zi, we can go back and see how good (or bad) our approximation was for the potential f(x,y) and hence for K. Plugging this Zi into (5.4.1), we get an estimate for the size of the quantity (β2+k2) which we assumed was zero in our first solution (in the dielectric).
Basically this involves doing perturbation theory on the solution of a differential equation. One needs to identify a dimensionless smallness parameter s and expand the solution as a power series of functions weighted with powers of s. The solution is highly convergent if s is small. In fact, one can use s itself as a measure of the size of the correction terms to the basic solution we have found above.
In our case, the dimensionless smallness parameter is
s = | | = = = πσδ2 |Zi|/K (5.4.7)
Beware: since β2 appearing above is in the dielectric, the symbols σ and δ refer to the dielectric.
As an example of how small s might be, consider our two-wire transmission line solution given in the box (4.6.13), with a1 = a2 = a. Using the round wire estimates, we found in the skin depth limit that,
|Zi| = Ri = / (πσ'δ'a) (5.4.8)
K = 2 ln(b/a)
where primed quantities refer to parameters of the conductor. Thus we get,
s = (σ/σ') (δ/δ')2 (δ'/a)(/ K) ≈ (δ'/a)(/K) (5.4.9)
where we assume that μ ≈ μ'. Since we have already assumed the skin depth limit ) << 1, we have s << 1, and our approximation is a good one. We expect any fractional errors to be on the order of s .
Next, we consider the low-frequency limit. In this case we have,
|Zi| ≈ Ri = (2/πσ'a2) (5.4.10)
so that,
s = (2/K)(σ/σ')(δ/a)2 ≈ (2/K) (δ'/a)2 = (δ'/a)2 / ln(b/a) (5.4.11)
This suggests that at very low frequencies, such that s~ 1, our approximation is no good. One way to say this is that a very low frequencies, the inductive reactance ωLe of the transmission line per unit length is no longer much larger than the resistive losses Ri in the conductors.
When we set (β2 + k2) ≈ 0 in the transverse equation for f(x,y), the equation becomes the Laplace equation which has a very smooth solution which just meets the boundary conditions in the smoothest possible fashion. When (β2 + k2) becomes larger, then the transverse solution of **** starts becoming oscillatory in the dielectric. The solution must acquire a higher transverse curvature to cancel out the (β2 + k2)f term. The solutions for the potentials and fields then no longer match our intuitive notion of a simple transmission line, and in fact become more like those of a waveguide.
It is a characteristic of the Helmholtz equation that when things become oscillatory in x and y, they become exponential in z. Thus, one is not surprised to find that in the low [high!?] frequency limit, the transmission line starts developing a severe attenuation per wavelength. As shown in (5.2.23), we have:
k2 = β2 [ - 1] huh? (5.4.12)
and waves propagate down the transmission line as e- kx. When Zi ≈ Ri at low frequencies, and Ri/ωLe is large, we get:
k ≈ (2π/λ) / (5.4.13)
In this case, waves are attenuated over a distance of λ / . If ~ 1, then our wave goes about one wavelength on the transmission line and dies.
Power transmission lines approach this low frequency regime. As shown in Section 2.2, the skin depth in copper is about 0.85 cm at 60 Hz, 1.09 cm for aluminum. For wires of diameter 1 cm, separated a distance of 1 m, (11) becomes
s ≈ (δ'/a)2 / ln(b/a) ≈ 4/ ln(200) = 0.75
Thus, we would expect significant attenuation over one wavelength of such a power transmission line. Since a wavelength is about 5000 km at 60 Hz, this is presumably acceptable.
A similar result obtains for Belden 8281 coaxial cable in the range of 10-100 KHz.
**************************
Chapter 6: An Example
In this Chapter we use the method outlined in Section 5.4 to solve for the parameters of a transmission line consisting of two round wires of radius a1 and a2 whose center lines are separated by a distance b. The geometry is as shown in Section 4.6 Fig 1. The big difference here is that we put no restrictions on the size of b relative to the two radii. The methods of Section 4.6 cannot be used in this case, since the charge distribution becomes non-symmetric on each wire.
To review, our problem then is to solve this equation,
t2 f(x,y) = 0 (2D Laplace)
such that
f(x,y) = constant on each circular conductor slice
When this has been done, we can evaluate the geometric factor K from,
f(x1) - f(x2) = K
and we then have good estimates for the line parameters Le, C and G which are functions of K.
First we will show that logarithmic functions are the natural solutions of the 2D Laplace equation, and then we will find combinations of such logarithms which have circles as equipotentials. The final step will be to line up two of these circles with the boundaries of our round wires.
6.1 Why logarithms?
In 3D space, it is well known that the potential of a point charge is (1/4πε) q/r. This potential must satisfy the 3D Laplace equation. That it does so is very easily shown in 3D spherical coordinates centered at the point charge. Since the potential has no dependence on θ and φ, only the radial portion of the Laplacian matters. In this case we have,
2 f(r) = (1/r2) ∂r [r2 ∂rf(r) ]
With f(r) = 1/r, the inner bracket [..] becomes -1, and ∂r[ -1 ] = 0, so 2(1/r) = 0 for r ≠ 0.
In 2D space, a similar thing happens, except in 2D, the potential of a point charge behaves as ln(r) instead of (1/r). In a manner similar to the above, we can prove quickly that ln(r) solves the 2D Laplace equation. This time, we use the transverse Laplacian in cylindrical coordinates, and we ignore the longitudinal z coordinate. Since ln(r) does not depend on θ, only the radial part of the Laplacian survives, so we get
t2 f(r) = (1/r) ∂r [ r ∂rf(r) ]
With f(r) = ln(r), the inner bracket [..] becomes 1, and ∂r[ 1 ] = 0, so t2 ln(r) = 0 for r ≠ 0.
If we now shift the origin of our cylindrical transverse coordinate system by some arbitrary 2D vector x1, then the function that was ln(r) becomes ln |x - x1| . Here is a drawing to support this claim. Things are viewed along the z axis, the vectors lie in the plane of paper.
The original coordinate system is on the upper left, the new one is on the lower right. Changing the origin of a coordinate system cannot change the fact that a function satisfies the Laplace equation, so we may conclude without further ado that:
Fact: The function f(x,y) = ln s1 where s1 = |x - x1| is a solution of t2f(x,y) = 0. This is true for any 2D vector x1. Of course any linear combination of such functions like A ln s1 + B ln s2 also solves the 2D Laplace equation, where s1 = |x - x1| and s2 = |x - x2|. If A = -B, then we find that the function B ln(s2/s1) is a solution.
Comment: The above discussion hopefully gives some insight as to why the ln(s) factors keep appearing in our Chapter 4 equations, such as (4.2.5). The integral expression for V(z) came from the difference of the potential φ between two conductors. As noted in equation (5.2.10), in the transmission line limit, this φ can be written as an integral involving ln(s) ,
φ12(x,y,z) = q(z) { !Syntax Error, Idx' dy' a1(x',y') ln(s) -!Syntax Error, Idx' dy' a2(x',y') ln(s) }
where the dependence on x,y is contained in s = . This potential must satisfy the transverse Laplace equation. Application of the 2D Laplacian to both sides gives,
t2 φ12(x,y,z) = q(z) { !Syntax Error, Idx' dy' a1(x',y')t2ln(s) -!Syntax Error, Idx' dy' a2(x',y')t2 ln(s) } = 0
The result is 0 since t2 ln(s) = 0, as noted in the above Fact.
6.2 The equipotentials of ln[s2/s1] are circles.
In light of Section 6.1, we know that the following function satisfies the 2D Laplace equation:
f(x,y) = ln[s2/s1] (6.2.1)
where s1 = |x - x1| and s2 = |x - x2|, and x1 and x2 are arbitrary points in 2D space. Consider now the surface defined by
ln[s2/s1] = B, (6.2.2)
where B is a constant. This means that s2/s1 = eB or (s2)2 = e2B (s1)2 . Thus,
[(x-x2)2 + (y-y2)2 ] = e2B [(x-x1)2 + (y-y1)2 ] (6.2.3)
Since this is a quadratic form in which the coefficient of x2 is the same as the coefficient of y2, this must represent a circle. Assuming then the form,
(x - xc)2 + (y - yc)2 = r2 (6.2.4)
where (xc, yc) is the location of the circle center, and r is the radius, we find these results by multiplying out the terms in (6.2.3) and completing the two squares,
xc = (x2 - kx1) / (1-k) (6.2.5)
yc = (y2- ky1) / (1-k) (6.2.6)
r2 = [k(x12 + y12 ) - (x22 + y22 )]/(1-k) + xc 2 + yc 2 (6.2.7)
where we have defined,
k = e2B (6.2.8)
6.3 Aligning the circles.
Since the equipotential surfaces of f(x,y) = ln[s2/s1] are circles, the problem remains to cause two of these circles to align with the boundaries of our two wires. If we put the centers of the two wires at y=0, we see from (6.2.6) that we should select y1 = y2 = 0. This causes all equipotential circles to be centered at y=0.
What values should be used for x1 and x2? Without loss of generality, we write
x1 = D + d x2 = D - d (6.3.1)
Equations (6.2.5) and (6.2.7) for the circle center and radius then become
xc = D + d = D + d coth(B) (6.3.2)
r = d = d= d |csch(B)| (6.3.3)
The hyperbolic function expressions in terms of B follow directly from (8). Here are some crude plots of these two hyperbolics:
Fig 1: Plots of the radius and x-center of equipotential circles versus B.
It is now extremely helpful to make a plot of the family of circles that arises as the constant B is varied. We have already shown in Section 6.2 that each B corresponds to a circle, so we will now learn where all the circles lie.
Fig 2: Plots of equipotential circles for various values of B ( drawn for D=0).
The circles on the right correspond to positive B. As B → ∞, Fig 1 shows that r → 0 and xc → d. Thus, the circles shrink down around the point x=d on the right. For negative B, the same thing happens on the left. For B = 0, the circle is the plane at x=0. Apollonius?
In Fig 2 we have indicated in heavy ink where our two wires might lie. The one on the left has radius a2 and that on the right has radius a1. Notice that the centers of the circles move out from x = |d| as the circles get larger. The distance between the centers of our wires is b. As the figure shows, b ≥ 2d.
We are now ready to require an alignment of the equipotential circles shown in Fig 2 with the cross sections of our two wires. The constraints are as follows:
a1 = d csch(B1) / radius of right circle is a1 (B1 > 0) (6.3.4)
a2 = d csch(-B2) / radius of left circle is a2 (B2 < 0) (6.3.5)
b = d [ coth(B1) - coth(B2) ] / distance between centers is b (6.3.6)
Notice that the constant D which appears in (6.3.1) and (6.3.2) does not appear in the above three equations. It cancels out in (6.3.6), and has absolutely no bearing on the problem. We therefore set D = 0. This corresponds to the x=0 plane being as drawn in Fig 2 above.
So, we now have three equations in three unknowns, B1, B2, and d. Inserting (6.3.4) and (6.3.5) into (6.3.6) and squaring twice gives us an expression for d as a function of a1, a2, b:
d = (1/2b) (6.3.7)
The potentials on the two wire surfaces are given by
B1 = f(x1) = csch-1 (a1/ d) = ln [ (d/a1 ) + ] (6.3.8)
B2 = f(x2) = - csch-1 (a2/ d) = - ln [ (d/a2 ) + ] (6.3.9)
And the potential f(x,y) at all points in space between the conductors is given by,
f(x,y) = ln(s2/s1) = ln [ ] (6.3.10)
Putting (6.3.4) and (6.3.5) into (6.3.2), we get these useful formulas for the circle center locations:
xc1 = d coth(B1) = d
xc2 = d coth(B2) = - d (6.3.11)
Finally, we arrive at our evaluation for K ,
K = f(x1) - f(x2) = B1 - B2 = ln [(d/a1) + ] + ln [(d/a2) + ] (6.3.12)
If we are interested in a transmission with one conductor contained inside the other,
Fig 3: Situation when conductors are concentric.
then the above analysis still applies, except in this case B2 is positive, so there is no minus sign in (6.3.9), and there is a minus sign before the second term in (6.2.12).
Here then is a summary box for our two wire transmission line.
General solution of two-wire transmission line :
φ(x,y,z) = (1/2πε) q(z) f(x,y) Le = (μ/2π)K
Az(x,y,z) = (μ/2π) i(z) f(x,y) C = 2πε/K
G = 2πσ/K
f(x,y) = ln [ ]
K = ln [ (d/a1) + ] ± ln [ (d/a2) + ]
+ sign for conductors as in Figure 2 (separated)
– sign for conductors as in Figure 3 (concentric)
d = (1/2b) (6.3.13)
6.4 Reduction to special cases
(a) Two wire line: b >> a1, a2
In the limit that b >> a1, a2 we find from the box (6.3.13) that,
d ≈ b/2 (6.4.1)
K ≈ ln [ b/a1] + ln [ b/a2] = ln [ b2/(a1a2)] = 2 ln [b/] (6.4.2)
and we are much relieved to find that we have duplicated the result (4.6.4). If we further assume that a1 = a2 = a, the result becomes,
K = 2 ln (b/a) (6.4.3)
Two wire line, b>>a1, a2
K = 2 ln [ b/]
Le = (μ/2π)K C = 2πε/K G = 2πσ/K (6.4.4)
(b) Twin Lead: a1 = a2 = a
In the case that a1 = a2 = a with arbitrary b, we find that
d/a = (b/2a) (6.4.5)
K = 2 ln [ (d/a) + ] (6.4.6)
When (6.4.5) is inserted into (6.4.6), we find
K = 2 ln (b'/a) b' = b (6.4.7)
Comparison of (6.4.7) with (6.4.3) shows that the large b result applies at arbitrary b if b is replaced by the b' shown. Notice that b' < b. One can interpret this as saying that, when the conductors are close together, the charges and currents are offset in each conductor toward the other conductor, so the effective separation is less than the nominal b.
Two wire line, a1 = a2 = a
K = 2 ln (b'/a) b' = b
Le = (μ/2π)K C = 2πε/K G = 2πσ/K (6.4.8)
(c) Off center coax: b<<a2
Look at Figure 3 in the previous section. Here we are talking about a coaxial cable where a2 refers to the radius of the outer conductor, and b is the offset between the conductor center lines. Normally b=0, but we are interested here to see how a manufacturing irregularity might affect the coaxial line properties. Let us define these dimensionless quantities:
α = (b/a2) β = (a2/ a1) > 1 (6.4.9)
From our general formula for d given in (6.3.13), we may write
d = a1 f (6.4.10)
where
2f ≡ (1/αβ) (6.4.11)
Then we get
(d/a1) = f (d/a2) = (f/β) (6.4.12)
Inserting these into the formula (6.3.13) for K, we get
K = ln(β) + ln [ ] (6.4.13)
Notice that ln(β) = ln(a2/a1) is the usual result for a coaxial cable that is perfectly centered, as we obtained in (4.7.6), so the second term is the result of being off-centered.
So far we have been exact, now we make an approximation. We assume that α << 1. In this case, looking at (6.4.11) above, we see that f >> 1. Then we can approximate the second term in (6.4.13) using standard methods, and we get this result
K ≈ ln(β) - (6.4.14)
Again, from (6.4.11) we keep only the largest term inside the radical to get
2f ≈ ( 1 - β2) / αβ (6.4.15)
Putting this into (6.4.14) gives
K ≈ ln(β) - = ln(a2/a1) - (6.4.16)
Example: Consider Belden 8281 coaxial cable. Here are the basic numbers
a2 = 2510μ a1 = 394μ β = a2/a1 = 6.37 lnβ = 1.85 (6.4.17)
For these numbers, the denominator in the second term in (16) is essentially 1, so we get
K = 1.85 - b/a2)2 (6.4.18)
Suppose that the coaxial cable is off center by 20%, which seems a large amount, but an amount that could conceivably occur in very poor manufacturing. In this case α = b/a2 = 0.2, α2 = .04, so we get
K = 1.85 - 0.04 = 1.81
Therefore, even such a large 20% defect results in a change in K that is a mere 2%. With a 10% defect we get (1/2)% error in K. We conclude that coaxial cables are fairly immune to eccentricity variations!
By way of interpretation, notice that the correction term is negative. As the center wire moves off center, the capacitance of the cable increases, since K decreases. In the limit that the inner conductor almost touches the outer one, we have a1 + b = a2 which says αβ = β - 1. When this is put into (11) for f, we find that f = 0. Looking then at (13), we get the result that K = ln(β) + ln(1/β) = 0, so the capacitance is infinite.
Off center coaxial cable
b = distance between center lines a2 > a1
K = n(a2/a1) -
Le = (μ/2π)K C = 2πε/K G = 2πσ/K (6.4.19)
(d) Wire of radius a a distance h above a ground plane.
This limit arises by taking a2 = ∞ in Figure 3 so that circle a2 lines up with the plane x=0. In this case, xc1 = h, the height of the a1 wire center above the ground plane. From 6.3 (11) we have then
h = d (20)
or
h2 = d2 + a12 and (d/a1)2 = (h/a1)2 - 1 (6.4.21)
From 6.3 (5), if a2 = ∞, then B2 = 0. Therefore the second logarithm in 6.3 (12) is zero, and we get
K = ln [ (d/a1) + ] (6.4.22)
Inserting (21) into (22) gives
K = ln(h'/a1) , h' = h ( 1 + ) (6.4.23)
This result has an easy interpretation. It represents one half of the twin lead situation discussed in (b) above. If we set h = b/2, then the result (23) represents 1/2 of the result shown in (8). Since K is half, the capacitance of a wire over a ground plane is twice that of the corresponding twin lead situation. It should be clear that to the right of x=0, the potential and field lines in both cases are identical. And in the limit of a thin wire, the above becomes K = ln(h/a1).
Wire over ground plane
h = height of center line over plane a = radius of wire
K = ln(h'/a) , h' = h ( 1 + )
Le = (μ/2π)K C = 2πε/K G = 2πσ/K (6.4.24)
Appendix A: Gauge Invariance
Here we show why it is that, in choosing potentials φ and A, one is allowed to set the divergence of the vector potential A equal to an arbitrary function. Roughly speaking, this freedom of setting div A is called gauge invariance. Our step-by-step approach here is somewhat unconventional and brings in the notion of a Green's function and the particular solution of the Poisson Equation which is quoted in the main text.
A.0 The Poisson Equation and its Solution
Fact 0: The Poisson Equation -2φ = ρ/ε0 has a unique solution as stated below. (A.0.0)
For electrostatics in an isotropic medium equations (1.1.3) and (1.1.6) indicate that div E = ρ/ε while (1.1.2) says that curl E = 0. Since curl grad f = 0 for any function f, if one lets E = - grad φ, then curl E = 0 for any φ, and div E = ρ/ε becomes - div grad φ = ρ/ε, or 2φ = - ρ/ε, an equation known as the Poisson Equation. The problem of electrostatics ("potential theory") is then to solve 2φ = -ρ/ε for the potential φ, and then E = - grad φ produces the resulting electric field. For a static physical situation (nothing varies with t), the electrostatic potential φ matches the scalar potential φ appearing in (1.3.1).
(a) Imagine some static charge distribution ρ(x) that is constrained to a localized region near the origin within infinite space. The distribution ρ(x) includes all charges in this region. Here are some types of charges which would be included in ρ(x):
point charges which are "glued down" to certain points in space.
linear continuous charge densities that are glued down along curved filaments in space or which are stable on conducting filaments.
surface charge densities that are either glued to certain surfaces, or which are stable because they lie on the surfaces of pieces of conductor (like metal).
3D continuous charge densities that are glued down in 3D space so they cannot move.
By including all these types of charge in ρ, we are able to avoid the complicating issue of "boundary conditions" in our discussion below, and our only boundary of interest is The Great Sphere which is a sphere of infinite radius surrounding our localized region of interest.
From Coulomb's Law (in SI units, and in an isotropic medium of dielectric constant ε) we know that the electric potential φ of a point charge q located at point x' is φ(x) = q/[4πεR] where R = |x-x'| is the distance between charge q at x' and an observation point x. Such a point charge is described by ρ(x) = qδ(x-x'). The general equation which relates φ(x) to ρ(x) is the Poisson Equation,
-2φ(x) = ρ(x)/ε . (A.0.1)
Since this is a linear equation (the operator 2 is linear), we may superpose the potentials of multiple charges to get the potential resulting from a distribution of charges. Thus, we at once obtain this superposed version of Coulomb's law,
φ(x) = ∫d3x' . (A.0.2)
Here d3x' ρ(x') = dq(x') is a differential chunk of charge located at x' contained in tiny volume d3x'. Thus, (A.0.2) must be a solution of (A.0.1). If we allow the observation point x to move right on top of some point charge in the distribution ρ, we will get φ = ∞, so we generally avoid such observation points.
(b) We would like to explicitly show that (A.0.2) is a solution of (A.0.1) for a general distribution ρ. To this end, we digress to consider the following equation and its solution (subject to the requirement that for fixed x', g(x,x') = 0 for x on the Great Sphere):
-2g(x,x') = δ(x-x') => g(x,x') = (A.0.3)
The equation on the left is Poisson's Equation where ρ consists of a positive point charge of q =ε units sitting at position x'. Recall from above that ρ(x) = qδ(x-x') for a point charge. Coulomb's law gives the solution shown on the right. Therefore it must be true that
-2{ } = 4π δ(x-x') . (A.0.4)
This fact can be verified directly using the theory of distributions which says -2(1/r) = 4πδ(r) [see Appendix H (H.1) and (H.16) ] , but we have already shown it is true, given Coulomb's Law. We can now show that (A.0.2) is a solution of (A.0.1) for an arbitrary distribution ρ as follows:
-2φ(x) = ∫d3x' ρ(x') {-2 } = ∫d3x' ρ(x') 4π δ(x-x') = ρ(x)/ε QED.
The assisting function g(x,x') has various names with respect to (A.0.3): the Green's Function or Green function, the fundamental solution, the free-space propagator. It is nothing more than the potential created by a point charge of 1 unit located at x' and viewed from x. Some authors put a 4π in front of the δ in the left equation of (A.0.3) which causes the 1/(4π) to be absent in the right equation of (A.0.3).
(c) We have found the particular solution of (A.0.1) given by (A.0.2). There are many other solutions which can be obtained by adding to the solution (A.0.2) a solution of -2u = 0. This last equation, usually written 2u = 0, is called the Laplace Equation, and it is the "homogeneous" form of the Poisson Equation, that is, the right side of the Poisson Equation is set to 0. Solutions u are called homogeneous solutions. One obvious solution is u = 2, so we could then add 2 to (A.0.2) and get a new solution to (A.0.1). Since we have specified that our charge distribution ρ(x) is localized to some region of space, we expect that as x→ ∞, we must have φ → 0. The solution (A.0.2) meets this requirement, but if we add 2, then our physical requirement is not met, so we must rule out adding a 2. We would also rule out 2x + 3, for example, or 7xy. Recall that 2 = ∂x2+ ∂y2+ ∂z2.
It turns out that the only solution of 2u = 0 which meets the requirement u→0 as x→∞ in all directions is the trivial function u(x) = 0. In 2D one intuitively sees this because a massless taut thin rubber sheet tied down to height u = 0 around a large circular perimeter is going to be a flat rubber sheet with u = 0 everywhere. The solutions to the 3D equation 2u = 0 are called harmonic functions, and it is not hard to show that any harmonic function must take both is max and min values on the boundary, which here is a 3D great sphere. Thus umax = 0 and umin = 0, so the only possibility is that u(x) ≡ 0 everywhere.
The implication of the previous paragraph is that (A.0.2) is the only possible solution of (A.0.1) because the only homogeneous solution one is allowed to add to (A.0.2) is u = 0. One can suppose there are two different solutions of -2φ = ρ/ε called φ and φ' both of which go to 0 on the great sphere. Then
-2(φ-φ') = 0 with (φ-φ') → 0 on the great sphere. But then (φ-φ') = 0 so φ' = φ and there cannot then exist two different physical solutions of (A.0.1).
A.1 Existence of A such that B = curl A and div A = 0
Fact 1: If div B = 0, there exists an A such that B = curl A and div A = 0. (A.1.0)
The "gauge choice" div A = 0 is known as the Coulomb or Transverse Gauge. More on gauges later.
Proof: There are several parts to the proof:
(a) If A exists such that B = curl A, then it will certainly be true that div B = 0, since div curl A = 0 for any vector field A. The problem is showing that A exists, and moreover, that an A exists with div A = 0.
(b) Consider the following differential equation (at this point A is some undefined vector field):
-2A = curl B (A.1.1a)
or, in Cartesian coordinates,
-2(Ai) = [curl B]i . (A.1.1b)
We may regard this as the Poisson equation (A.0.1) where φ → Ai and ρ → ε [curl B]i . We know that a Poisson equation of the form (A.0.1) has a unique physical solution of the form (A.0.2), so the solution of (A.1.1) is given by
A(x) = . (A.1.2)
As with ρ in the previous section, we think of curl B as being localized in some region near the origin and dropping off at large distances. Perhaps B is generated by some currents in this localized region.
We take (A.1.2) to be a candidate expression for the vector field A. If we can show that div A = 0 and that B = curl A, then (A.1.2) is a viable expression for A.
(c) Take the divergence of both sides of (A.1.2) [ implied sum on i ]
div A(x) = ∂iAi(x) = . (A.1.3)
We can replace ∂i by - ∂'i acting on 1/|x - x'| . Then we can do parts integration and move ∂'i onto [curl' B(x')]i with a parts sign change. In doing so, we assume that at infinity we pick up no "parts" since curl B is assumed to drop off sufficiently fast. We end up then with:
div A(x) = . (A.1.4)
But div curl F = 0 for any vector field F , so the integrand and integral vanishes. Thus, we conclude that
div A = 0 . (A.1.5)
(d) Next, take the curl of both sides of (A.1.2). Here is the ith component [ implied sums on j and k, and εijk is the totally antisymmetric Levi-Cevita permutation tensor used to express curl components ]
[curl A(x)]i = εijk∂jAk(x) = + εijk . (A.1.6)
As before, replace ∂j by -∂'j acting on (1/|x - x'|). Then do parts to move ∂'j onto [curl' B(x')]k. As before, there is no "parts contribution". The result can then be put back into full vector notation to give:
curl A(x) = + . (A.1.7)
Now use the vector identity curl curl B = grad div B - 2 B = - 2 B , since div B = 0. This gives
curl A(x) = - . (A.1.8)
The next step is to move the operator '2 onto the other integrand factor 1/|x - x'| by doing a double parts, and again for each parts operation there is no parts contribution from the Great Sphere at infinity. We then use the fact (A.0.4) that 2(1/|x - x'|) = - 4π δ(x-x') to get
curl A(x) = - . (A.1.9)
Thus, assuming div B = 0, we have formally constructed a vector field A such that B = curl A and
div A = 0, and this was the claim of Fact 1 stated above.
A.2 Existence of A' such that B = curl A' and div A' = f .
Fact 2: If div B = 0, there exists A' such that B = curl A' and div A' = f(x), where f(x) is an arbitrary scalar field which "drops off" in some reasonable (sufficient) manner as |x| → ∞. (A.2.0)
Proof: From Fact 1, we first find A such that B = curl A and div A = 0. We then define
A' ≡ A + grad Λ dim(Λ) = volt-sec (A.2.1)
where Λ is some so-far arbitrary function (scalar field). As shown below (1.3.1), dim(A) = volt-sec/m, and therefore dim(Λ) = volt-sec. It follows from (A.2.1) that
div A' = div A + 2 Λ = 2Λ . (A.2.2)
We would like to have div A' = f, so we must find Λ such that
2Λf . dim(f) = volt-sec/m2 (A.2.3)
But this is once again Poisson's Equation (A.0.1) with φ → Λ and ρ → -εf. Translating (A.0.2) we then find that
Λ(x) = – . (A.2.4)
Meanwhile, from (A.2.1) we also conclude that, since curl grad g = 0 for any function g,
curl A' = curl A + curl grad Λ = curl A = B . (A.2.5)
Thus, assuming div B = 0, we have formally constructed a vector field A' such that B = curl A' and
div A' = f(x) where f(x) is any function we like that drops off sufficiently fast as |x|→ ∞, and this is the claim of Fact 2. If f(x) drops off away from the origin, this is like the ρ(x) of Fact 0, and we find that Λ → 0 as x → ∞ in any direction. Then since Λ = 0 on the Great Sphere, we know that there are no homogenous solutions to 2Λ = 0 which could be added to (A.2.3) and so Λ(x) is uniquely determined by our selected function f(x). The function Λ(x) is called a gauge function for reasons given below.
A.3 Existence of φ such that E = -grad φ
Fact 3: If curl E = 0, then there exists a φ such that E = - grad φ . (A.3.0)
Proof: This proof is almost identical to that of Fact 1, but a little simpler.
(a) If φ exists such that E = - grad φ, then it will certainly be true that curl E = 0, since curl grad φ = 0 for any function φ. The problem is showing that φ exists.
(b) Consider the following differential equation (at this point φ is some undefined scalar field):
2φ = - div E . (A.3.1)
This is yet again Poisson's equation (A.0.1) for φ, this time with ρ→ ε div E, we solve it as in (A.0.2) to get,
φ(x) = . (A.3.2)
As usual, we assume that div E drops off in some sufficient manner away from the origin going to infinity. Perhaps E is generated by a charge distribution in some region near the origin.
(c) Next, take the grad of both sides of (A.3.2). Here is the ith component:
∂iφ(x) = . (A.3.3)
As usual, replace ∂j by -∂'j acting on (1/|x - x'|). Then do parts to move ∂'j onto div' E(x') with a second sign change, and also as usual there is no "parts contribution" from the Great Sphere. The result can then be put back into full vector notation to give:
grad φ(x) = + . (A.3.4)
Now use the vector identity grad div E = curl curl E + 2 E = 2 E , since curl E= 0. This gives
grad φ(x) = . (A.3.5)
As before, move the operator '2 onto the other term 1/|x - x'| by doing a double parts. We then use the fact (A.0.4) that 2(1/|x - x'|) = - 4π δ(x-x') to get
grad φ(x) = (A.3.6)
Thus, assuming curl E = 0, we have constructed a function φ such that E = - grad φ, so φ must exist, and this is the claim of Fact 3.
A.4 Existence of A' and φ' such that B = curl A', E = - grad φ'-∂tA', and div A' = f.
Fact 4: If div B = 0 and curl E = - ∂B/∂t , then there exist both A' and φ' such that B = curl A' and
E = - grad φ'-∂A'/∂t, and the quantity div A' may be set to any function f. (A.4.0)
Proof: We know from Fact 2 that A' exists such that B = curl A' and such that div A' equals any arbitrary function f. If we start with some arbitrary A and φ, the successful A' from (A.2.1) is A' = A + grad Λ where Λ is given by (A.2.4) as an integral over f. What is the corresponding φ' ? Since the E field corresponding to (A,φ) and (A',φ') must be the same, we must have E = E' or
- grad φ-∂tA = - grad φ'- ∂tA' .
Since A' = A + grad Λ, this says that - grad φ = - grad φ' - grad ∂t Λ which is satisfied by φ' = φ - ∂tΛ. Thus, the successful potential pair giving div A' = f is this:
A' = A + grad Λ
φ' = φ - ∂tΛ // dim(Λ) = volt-sec (A.4.1)
where
Λ(x) = – (A.2.3)
The pair of equations (A.4.1) is called a gauge transformation and we have just seen in Facts 2 and 4 that a gauge transformation preserves both E and B. Each possible choice f defines a function Λ which then gives the transformation. There are an infinite set of f and corresponding Λ functions, so there are an infinite number of gauge transformations which leave the E and B fields invariant. We are free to choose a gauge such that div A' = f for any f we like.
A.5 Gauge Invariance
In electromagnetism, the situation of Fact 4 arises for
B = magnetic field
A = vector potential
E = electric field
φ = scalar potential
Using the any gauge transformation (A.4.1), one transforms from A,φ to A',φ' without altering the physical electromagnetic fields E and B. The electromagnetic fields are thus invariant under such a gauge transformation, and one says that the classical theory of electromagnetism is gauge invariant.
The word "gauge" was first used by Hermann Weyl in the context of general relativity. Gauge invariant there means that a certain "covariant derivative" transforms as a proper tensor object so that things have the same form in different coordinate systems used to measure things. These different coordinate systems were referred to as different "gauges" in the sense that a gauge is a marked-off measuring instrument used to measure something (like the marked-off x-axis of a coordinate system). In general relativity the metric tensor gμν, which defines the meaning of distance in the 4 dimensions of spacetime, is a function gμν(x) of the local location in spacetime x. Weyl considered the effect of rescaling the metric tensor according to gμν(x) → λ(x)gμν(x) where λ(x) was an arbitrary "gauge function" ( like our Λ(x) ). Nowadays, gauge invariance is associated with any continuous degree(s) of freedom of a theory which don't affect physical measurements derived from the theory, such as our gauge transformation (A.4.1). See Quigley.
A.6 The Lorentz Gauge and QED
This section is certainly off the transmission-lines beaten path, but the author thought the reader might find it interesting. It is true that the nature of a transmission line results from photons "jumping back and forth" between the conductors. Unlike elsewhere in this document, everything is not fully explained in the following quick outline. A more detailed description of the tensor notation used below may be found in the author's Tensor Analysis document.
In relativistic notation one uses 4-vectors which have one time component and three spatial components such as xμ = (ct,x,y,z) which denotes a point in "spacetime". The time component t is multiplied by the speed of light c so that all four components have the same units -- distance L. Often people measure distance in light-seconds instead of meters so in such units c = 1, but we shall display the c to keep track of units. This xμ is a contravariant 4-vector and the corresponding covariant 4-vector is
xμ = (ct,-x,-y,-z). Thus, one has x0 = x0 (= ct) but xi = -xi. We are assuming here the "Bjorken-Drell metric" gμν = diag(1,-1,-1,-1). The gradient operator ∂i "transforms as" the spatial part of the covariant 4-vector ∂μ, and one can write ∂i = -∂i just as xi = -xi for i = 1,2,3. This four-vector gradient operator can be written ∂μ = (∂0, ∂i) and ∂μ = (∂0, ∂i) = (∂0, -∂i) where ∂0 = ∂0 = ∂t = . The four components of ∂μ all have dimension L-1. The Laplacian is 2 = ∂i∂i = (implied sum on i) while the corresponding object ≡ ∂μ∂μ = ∂t2 - 2 is the D'Alembertian which appears in wave equations.
Consider then the gauge transformation (A.4.1) which in relativistic tensor notation is
A'i = Ai + ∂iΛ = Ai - ∂iΛ i = 1,2,3
φ' = φ - ∂tΛ = φ - c ∂0Λ (A.6.1)
The components of a classical vector like A, normally written as Ai, are in fact the contravariant components Ai in tensor notation. If we now define A0 ≡ φ we can combine the two gauge transformation equations into a single equation involving three 4-vectors (one of which is ∂μΛ),
A'μ = Aμ - ∂μΛ μ = 0,1,2,3. (A.6.2)
Suppose we want ∂μA'μ = 0 (implicit sum on μ = 0,1,2,3). This would be a sort of relativistic version of the Coulomb gauge choice that ∂iAi = div A = 0. If we could find a potential A'μ with this property, that would be very convenient for the following reason: In general aμbμ (= aμbμ = a b) is the same in all frames of reference related by Lorentz Transformations. If ∂μA'μ = 0 in one frame, it is 0 in all frames, and that makes computational life simple. For example, let S and S" be two frames of reference related by a Lorentz transformation. Then the implication is that
∂μA'μ(xν) = 0 ∂"μA'μ(x"ν) = 0 where ∂μ ≡ ∂/∂xμ and ∂"μ ≡ ∂/∂x"μ
frame S observer frame S" observer
So, is it possible to have ∂μA'μ = 0 ? Writing this out we get
∂0A'0 + ∂iA'i = 0 => ∂t [φ'] + div A' = 0 => ∂tφ' + div A' = 0
so
div A' = - ∂tφ'. (A.6.3)
But we showed in Fact 2 that given any A, we can find an E-B-fields-equivalent A' which has div A' = any f(x) we want, so we just select f(x) = -(1/c2) ∂φ'/∂t. By selecting this f(x), we are selecting the Lorentz Gauge. In this gauge (now dropping the prime on A), we have ∂μAμ = 0. As just noted, this gauge is so named because the resulting equation ∂μAμ = 0 is "covariant" under all Lorentz transformations in that both sides of this equation transform as the same tensor object, in this case a "scalar". That means the equation has the same form in all frames of references which are related by Lorentz transformations ( which include rotations, velocity transformations, and combinations of same). One can interpret ∂μAμ = 0 as ∂A = 0 where ∂ is a 4-divergence operator. Thus, in the Lorentz gauge, the 4-divergence of Aμ is always exactly 0 at every point in spacetime.
In relativistic quantum field theory (aka quantum electrodynamics, or QED), the potential Aμ is interpreted as the quantum field of a massless vector particle called the photon. The potentials φ and A are thus promoted from being mere "helper functions" to having their own particle interpretation. In the Lagrangian density for the photon-electron system an interaction term - JμAμ appears,
L = ... - JμAμ Jμ = e0 γμ ψ (A.6.4)
where Jμ is the electric current, an operator built from the quantum field ψ of the electron. The number e0 is the so-called bare (unrenormalized) charge of the electron. Because of gauge invariance (A.6.2), a gauge transformation creates a new term - Jμ ∂μΛ in the Lagrangian density. In Lagrangian dynamics, the physics of QED is determined by S = ∫d4x L = ∫d3x ∫ dt L which is called the action. If we insert the gauge term -Jμ∂μΛ into the action and do parts integration to move ∂μ from Λ to Jμ, we end up with an action change ΔS = ∫d4x (∂μJμ)Λ. But at every point in spacetime, we know that ∂μJμ = 0 (shown in a moment) so we find that ΔS = 0 which means the action S is invariant under a gauge transformation. The reason ∂μJμ = ∂μJμ = 0 is because Jμ = (cρ, Ji) where ρ is charge density and Ji is electric current, and then the statement ∂μJμ = 0 says that ∂t(cρ) + ∂iJi = 0 or div J = -∂ρ/dt. This is the equation of continuity (1.1.8) which says that if there is a current flowing out of a tiny volume of space, the charge density in that volume must be correspondingly decreasing. In other words, charge is "conserved". We can reverse our logic to conclude that the reason electric charge is conserved and cannot "leak away into the vacuum" is due to the invariance of the QED action under gauge transformations (A.7.2). More generally, symmetries (invariances) of the action always result in conserved quantities. Since 1949, unusual names have been given to similar conversed quantities: isospin, strangeness, color, charm, etc. The association of a conserved quantity with a differential symmetry of the action is known as Noether's Theorem, in honor of Emmy Noether who first showed this connection in 1915.
A.7 Finding the gauge function Λ for the Lorentz Gauge
In Fact 4 is was noted that if one already has a potential set (A,φ), it is possible to find a new potential set (A',φ') such that div A' = f for any reasonable f. The method of finding the new set (A',φ') was to find the function Λ from f as shown in (A.2.4) and then use the gauge transformation implied by Λ as shown in (A.4.1) to find the new potentials (A',φ').
In the discussion of the Lorentz Gauge, we thus imagine we have some (A,φ) and we want then to find a potential set (A',φ') such that div A' = - ∂tφ', which is the Lorentz Gauge (A.6.3). We are thus using f = - ∂tφ' where φ' is the partner to A'. One might fairly inquire what this function f actually is in terms of the starting potentials (A,φ), since one does not a priori know what φ' is. In other words, since we don't a priori know what f(x) is, we cannot use (A.2.3) to find the right gauge function Λ to give the right new potentials (A',φ'), so we seem to be in a circular conundrum when we try to fit this Lorentz gauge situation into the framework of our accumulated Facts above.
Here is one way to find the right function Λ in terms of (A,φ). We know from (A.2.3) and (A.4.1) that
2Λf = - ∂tφ' = - ∂t [φ - ∂tΛ ]
which can be written as
(∂t2 - c22)Λ = ∂tφ . (A.7.1)
Since we know φ from (A,φ), we can obtain Λ by solving this differential equation. The equation is similar to the Poisson equation (A.0.1) when written this way in terms of the symbol introduced above,
c2 Λ = ∂tφ . // Stakgold (5.141) with u→Λ and q→∂tφ (A.7.2)
Here and below we include some supporting equation numbers from Stakgold Vol II. The formal solution of (A.7.2) can be found by first defining a Green's Function as we did above in (A.0.3),
c2 g(x,t; x',t') = δ(x-x')δ(t-t') // Stakgold (5.142) (A.7.3)
The solution Green's function (propagator) is given by
←
c2 g(x,t; x',t') = (1/4πR)δ(t-t'-R/c) with R = |x-x'| // Stakgold (5.155) n=3 (A.7.4)
We have added an arrow that shows the direction of the propagator: it runs from time t' in the past to time t in the future, in which case t > t'. The propagator vanishes for all t < t' since in that case t-t'-R/c < 0 and the δ function can never get a hit. This g is an example of a "causal" Green's function and it describes an expanding spherical wavefront seen at observation point x at time t propagating at velocity c from a point source at location x' and time t' in the past. Formally one can then express a solution to (A.7.2) in a form similar to (A.0.2),
Λ(x,t) = ∫d3x' ∫dt' g(x,t; x',t') ∂t'φ(x',t') . (A.7.5)
Application of c2 to both sides of (A.7.5) with use of (A.7.3) reproduces (A.7.2) showing that (A.7.5) is indeed the particular solution of (A.7.2). Inserting the propagator (A.7.4) we find that
Λ(x,t) = ∫d3x' R = |x - x'| (A.7.6)
Thus we have solved our conundrum in that we have Λ expressed in terms of φ from the set (A,φ). The solution (A.7.6) has the same form as the retarded solutions of Section 1.4.
Whereas the Poisson equation with 2 is "elliptic" in nature, the wave equation is "hyperbolic" since the various second derivitives in don't all have the same sign, resulting in a change in the nature of the Green's function solution, the principle fact being that it is a causal function in terms of the time coordinates. For details on the above discussion, see Stakgold Vol II p 61-63 (fundamental solutions) and p 246-256 (Green's functions for the wave equation). Stakgold treats this subject with an arbitrary number of spatial dimensions n. One finds, for example, that for n = 3 the propagator (A.7.4) is an expanding thin spherical shell with no wake, whereas for n = 2 there is a wake behind the front as in his (5.151). This fact is familiar to all observers of rocks thrown in ponds.
Appendix B: The Complex Dielectric Constant and Free Charge in a Medium
B.1 A conducting parallel plate capacitor
B.2 Complex ε and the loss tangent of a dielectric
B.3 Continuity and free charge in a medium
B.1 A conducting parallel plate capacitor
In our transmission line analysis we follow the general approach used in King (see Refs). One notion that King finds useful is that of a complex dielectric constant ξ which incorporates the conductivity σ of a medium along with the normal dielectric constant ε. Associated with this complex dielectric constant is a so-called "effective" surface charge neff .
The term "dielectric constant" is somewhat a misnomer. As noted below, ε and ξ are not constants but in fact are strong functions of frequency ω. When small ranges of ω are considered, ε appears to be constant if all medium resonances are far away.
A good way to understand ξ and neff is to consider a simple "device": a parallel plate capacitor (area A) filled with a conducting dielectric (σ and ε). The plate spacing s is assumed small so edge effects can be ignored. One can regard this device as a parallel RC circuit.
Let us first imagine that the R portion is turned off and we have just the C part. Then, assuming the usual exp(jωt) time dependence, we can say that Q = CV = nA, where A is the area of a plate and n is the surface charge density per unit area. Doing a time derivative and then converting everything to the frequency domain (see (1.5.5) and Section 1.7) one gets I(ω) = jωn(ω)A, so we have a simple relationship between the current I and the area surface charge density n (arguments ω are now suppressed),
I = jωnA . (B.1)
If we now turn on the R part of our device, we get an extra contribution to the current, so now:
I = jωnA + V/R R = s/(σA) // since R = V/IR = Es/JA = (s/A)(E/J) = (s/A)(1/σ) = s/(Aσ)
or
I = jωnA + VAσ/s . (B.2)
As noted, s is the spacing between the plates and σ is the dielectric conductivity. We know that
V = Es (B.3)
where E is the electric field between the plates, and we also know that E = n/ε. This last fact follows from (1.1.3) that divD = ρ applied to a thin gaussian box containing one of the plate surfaces:
∫V dV div D = ∫S dSD // divergence theorem = Gauss's theorem, dS = surface patch
=> ∫V dV ρ = D A => nA = (εE)A => E = n/ε . (B.4)
From (B.3) and (B.4) we find that VAσ/s = (Es)Aσ/s = EAσ = nAσ/ε so (B.1) says
I = jωnA + nAσ/ε = jωnA [ 1 + ] = jωnA [ ε + ] / ε
or
I jωAn(ξ/εwhere ξ ≡[ε + σ/(jω)] (B.5)
or
I = jωAneff where neff ≡ n (ξ/ε) . (B.6)
By defining neff in this manner, we are able to incorporate the effect of the R part of our device into the C part.
In solving a problem, we can of course work either with the true surface charge n, or with the effective quantity neff. Notice that,
neff/ξ = n/ε = E (B.7)
The advantage of using neff is its simple relationship (B.6) to the total current I in a situation where both R and C effects are present.
Main Point: For our parallel plate RC device, I = jωneffA, which mimics the result I = jωnA when there is no resistive loss.
The admittance of our conducting capacitor is given by
Y ≡ = = = jωC' where C' ≡ ξ (A/s) = complex effective capacitance
= (jωA/s)[ε + σ/(jω)] = (σA/s) + jω (εA/s) ≡ G + jωC
where (B.8)
G = σA/s = conductance = 1/R for R shown in (B.1)
C = εA/s = capacitance
Again, using the definition of ξ, we can absorb the R effect into the C part of our device by replacing C with the complex capacitance C'(ξ/ε)C.
B.2 Complex ε and the loss tangent of a dielectric.
The normal dielectric constant in fact has a real and imaginary part, usually expressed as:
ε = ε' - jε" . (B.9)
Thus, we can write our complex dielectric constant ξ as
ξ = [ε - jσ/ω] = ε'ε0 - j(σ + ωε"ε0)/ω] (B.10)
The cause of ε" is a time-lag loss mechanism in the dielectric. In polar dielectrics, this is due to friction which keeps the polar molecules from instantly following the E field at high frequencies. In non-polar dielectrics (those used in coax cables) this is mainly due to the classical resonance absorption mechanisms, such as molecular vibrational modes. The standard classical (non-quantum) theory for ε due to vibrating electrons in a medium yields this general form for ε(ω): [ Jackson p 310 (7.51) ]
= 1 + Σn = 1 + Σn (B.11)
where Σn is a sum over the possible resonances of electrons in the medium, ωn are the resonant frequences, γn the corresponding damping factors, and fn the relative "oscillator strengths". Here m is the electron mass, e the electron charge, and N is the density of electrons per m3. Each resonance is being modeled by a damped driven harmonic oscillator. The main point of (B.11) is that in general ε(ω) always has an imaginary part, which comes from the jγn damping term. In general ε" is small except in the region of a resonance (in the above, at ω such that ω ≈ ωn).
We can conveniently incorporate both loss mechanisms (conduction of dielectric and absorption) by defining σeff to be the grouping which appears in (B.10),
σeff ≡ (σ + ωε"ε0) (B.12)
so then
ξ = [ε'ε0 - jσeff/ω] = ε'ε0 [ 1 - jσeff/(ωε'ε0)] = ε'ε0( 1 - j tanL) (B.13)
where we have defined tanL to be
tanL ≡ = . (B.14)
This last quantity tanL is called the "loss tangent" (or dissipation factor) of the dielectric because it is (minus) the ratio of the imaginary and real parts of ξ, as (B.13) shows, and there is a "loss angle" in the complex ξ plane which is θL = tan-1(tanL) = tan-1[σeff/(ωε'ε0)]. If θL= 0, there is no loss. This tanL is a function of ω explicitly as shown, and implicitly since in general σ, ε' and ε" are functions of ω.
B.3 Continuity and free charge in a medium
This section is unrelated to the above two sections and is just placed here for convenience.
Consider the continuity equation (1.1.8) inside a medium, div J = -∂ρ/∂t, where J = σE is the conduction current in the medium, and ρ is the free charge. Using (1.1.7, 6 and 3), div J = σ divE = σρ/ε) so we get:
+ ρ(t) = 0 [jω + ] ρ(ω) = 0 for ρ = ρ0 ejωt time dependence (B.15)
The ω-domain equation says that the only monochrome ejωt solution is ρ(ω) = 0 => ρ(t) = 0. The t-domain equation has this transient solution
ρ(t) = ρ(0) exp(- t/τ) τ = ε/σ (B.16)
This says that if there is free charge out in the middle of a conducting medium, it will run away and park on the boundaries. In our conducting capacitor, this happens with time constant τ despite the fact that the capacitor plates are driving the medium with ejωt time dependence. Any existing charge density will dissipate in time τ.
Examples: copper σ = 5.81 x 107 mho/m ε ≈ ε0 = 8.85 x 10-12 farad/m
=> τ ≈ 1.5 x 10-18 sec
polyethylene σ ~ 10-14 mho/m ε ≈ 2.3 ε0 = 8.85 x 10-12 farad/m
(ρ > 1016 ohm-cm) => τ ≈ 2000 sec ≈ 34 minutes
To summarize, there is no steady-state sinusoidal free charge density out in the middle of a medium, conducting or otherwise. Even if free charge could somehow exist at t = 0 inside a medium, after t >> τ free charge is only allowed on boundaries. One can of course have a current J in a medium, but the charge is balanced so there is zero net charge density, ρ = 0.
Appendix C: DC Properties of a Wire
C.1 The DC resistance of a wire
The resistance per unit length R of a differential piece of wire of length dz and area dA is derived as follows:
V = E dz, J = σ E, I = J dA,
Rdz = V/I = Edz/JdA = (1/σ) dz/dA R = (1/σ) /dA
If the conductivity σ is constant across the wire, then R = 1/(σA), where A is the cross sectional area. Using resistivity ρ = 1/σ we have
R = ρ/A (C.1.1)
For round wire of radius a, A = πa2, so R = ρ/(πa2).
C.2 The DC surface impedance of a wire
Imagine a wire carrying current I. If, at the surface of the wire, we put voltmeter probes at longitudinal spacing dz, we will get some potential difference which is dV = Ezdz. When probed at the surface, the wire appears to have this impedance,
(Zsdz) = dV/I
The quantity Z is called the surface impedance per unit length and is thus given by
Zs = Ez / I (C.2.1)
where Ez is the component of electric field at the surface in the direction of the wire. For a wire operating at DC, the current density is uniform across the wire so we have Jz = I/A and Ez = Jz/σ = I/(Aσ). Thus,
Zs = 1/(Aσ) = ρ/A (C.2.2)
where A is the cross sectional area. For a round wire of radius a, A = πa2, so
Zs = ρ/(πa2) (C.2.3)
If the wire is a perfect conductor, ρ = 0 and Zs = 0. Of course at DC (ω = 0), Zs = R of (C.1.1).
C.3 The DC inductance of a round wire
(a) Internal DC inductance of a round wire
Inductance is a slightly harder problem. The energy density (joules/m3) stored in an electromagnetic field within a medium of negligible loss is given by u = (ED + BH)/2 [ Jackson p 259 Eq. (6.106) ] . Since μ and ε are assumed to be non-tensor in nature, u = (εE2+μH2)/2. In highly conductive wire, there is some current density J and then E = J/σ. Since σ is very large, E is very small, E2 can be neglected, and then u ≈ μH2/2 as the energy stored in a field per unit volume. Denoting by dU the field energy stored in a volume dV, so that u = dU/dV, one finds
dU = (1/2) μH2 dV . (C.3.1)
For any inductor of inductance L carrying current I and having potential difference V, we know that V = L dI/dt and power P = IV = L I dI/dt = d/dt[ (1/2)L I2 ]. The total energy U stored in the full field of the inductor must then be U = (1/2)L I2 in order to obtain P = dU/dt.
If we consider a piece of uniform round wire of length dz, we can compute the total energy U stored in the field portion that lies inside the wire, and this piece of wire then has "internal inductance" Lidz where then Li is the internal inductance of the wire per unit length. So,
Ui = (1/2) (Li dz) I2 . (C.3.2)
Looking at (C.3.1), we see that Ui = ∫inside (1/2) μH2dV, so our next task is to determine H inside the wire. Due to the symmetry of the round wire, we know that H = H(r) . We may use the static Maxwell H curl equation (1.1.1) and the static integral form (1.1.18),
curl H = J H•ds = ∫J•dA // Stokes's theorem ( "Ampere's Law")
Consider a transverse circular loop of radius r centered on the wire's center line. The enclosed current is ∫J•dA = J!Syntax Error, I2πrdr = (I/πa2) (πr2) = I (r/a)2 while H•ds = 2πrH(r). Thus one finds that I (r/a)2 = 2πr H(r) so
H(r) = (I/2πa2) r r ≤ a . (C.3.3)
From (C.3.1) the energy stored in a ring of volume dV =2πrdrdz is
dU(r) = (1/2) μH2 dV = (1/2) μ (Ir/2πa2)22πrdrdz = μ (I2r2/4π2a4) πrdrdz = μ (I2r3/4πa4) drdz
= (μdzI2/4πa4) r-3dr .
Integrate this from r=0 to r=a to get the total magnetic energy stored inside the wire,
Ui = (μdz I2/16π) = (1/2) [μ/8π] dz I2 (C.3.4)
Set this equal to (1/2)Lidz I2 in (C.3.2) to find that (assuming now that μ = μ0)
Li = μ0/8π . (C.3.5)
Since μ0 = 4π x 10-7 henry/m we find that (μ0/8π) = (1/2)x10-7 = 50 x 10-9 so the internal inductance per unit length of a round wire is given by
Li = 50 nH/m // nH = nanohenries
which agrees with Matick p 97 (4-6) .
Interestingly, this result is independent of the wire radius a. It has to be because there is no combination of μ0 and radius a which has dimensions H/m, since μ0 is already H/m. For a given current I, the total field energy stored in the wire is independent of a. For small a, the field is stronger but in a smaller volume.
(b) External DC inductance of a round wire
What about the external inductance of a round wire? We can compute it by the same method. If we use a Stokesian loop of radius r ≥ a, the enclosed current is I. We set this enclosed current equal to 2πrH(r) to get the magnetic field at r,
H(r) = (I/2π) r-1 . (C.3.6)
From (C.3.1) the energy stored in a ring of volume dV = 2πrdrdz is
dU(r) = (1/2) μH2dV = (1/2)μ(I/2πr)2[2πrdrdz] = μ(I2/4π2r2)πrdrdz = μ(I2/4πr)drdz
= (μdzI2/4π) r-1 dr .
Integrate this from r=a to some large radius r=R to get
Ue = (μdz I2/4π) ln(R/a) = (1/2) [ ln ] dz I2 . (C.3.7)
Set this equal to (1/2)Ledz I2 in (C.3.2) to find that, with μ = μ0,
Le = ln . (C.3.8)
If we set R = ∞ to get the total external inductance per unit length of a round wire, the result is logarithmically divergent. The total magnetic energy stored per unit length of an infinitely long round wire in isolation is infinite. It takes an infinite amount of work to build up such a field even in 1 cm worth of the wire.
A "practical wire" is more like a loop of wire than an infinitely long wire. It is difficult to conjure up an experiment to test (C.3.8) even for a very long straight piece of wire without having some return path for the current to return to the driving "battery". Jackson shows (p 216-218) that the inductance per unit length of a loop of projected area A of radius-a wire of μ0 is given by Li+ Le = (μ0/4π) [ ln(ξA/a2) + 1/2], where ξ is a near-unity factor which accounts for messy details of the calculation. The 1/2 term accounts for the internal inductance Li = μ0/8π as in (C.3.5).
For a circular loop of radius R, one has A = πR2 and, if R >> a, ξ = 64/(πe4) ≈ .373. So,
ln(ξA/a2) = ln(64 πR2/πe4a2) = 2 ln(8R/ae2) = 2 ln(8R/a) + 2 ln(e-2) = 2 ln(8R/a) - 4
and then that the total inductance per unit length is
Li + Le = (μ0/4π) [2 ln(8R/a) - 4 + 1/2] = (μ0/2π) [ ln(8R/a) - 2 + 1/4] = (μ0/2π) [ ln(8R/a) -7/4]
The total inductance of such a loop is then
L = 2πR(μ0/2π) [ ln(8R/a) -7/4] = μ0R [ ln(8R/a) -7/4]
in agreement with Jackson Problem 5.32 p 234. If one omits the internal inductance, the last factor is -2 instead of -7/4, and this result is seen in some sources. The point is that this is a finite result, even though the magnetic field of such a loop does extend to infinity. A loop of N turns gets an extra factor N2 because in effect current I → NI in (C.3.4) and (C.3.7), so the total field energy increases by factor N2.
Suppose there were two parallel wires with currents flowing in opposite directions. In this case, we could compute the magnetic field H at any point in space as the vector sum of the fields of the two wires, then we could integrate H2 over all space to get the total energy U and from that the external inductance Le. In this case, the ln(R) divergence does not appear. In effect, the divergence cancels between the two wires, similar to the way opposite short segements of the circular wire cancel to give the finite result quoted above. Since we will be doing this computation by another means in the main text, we do not bother with the parallel wire calculation here.
We really only care about the internal inductance Li of a wire in our transmission line analysis because the external inductance Le is already accounted for by the techniques of Chapter 3. That is, Le is computed by considering the magnetic potential Az ( or W ) between the wires.
C.4 The DC inductance of a wire of arbitrary cross section
The main purposes of this section are to show how divergences can be handled, and to remind ourselves that we really have to attack differential equations directly to get real solutions, except in the simplest cases.
(a) Statement of a Plan of Attack
Here is a possible program for computing the DC inductance of a wire of arbitrary cross section. It is very similar to the above except for the starting point. The wire is assumed aligned with the z axis.
(a) Compute Az(x,y) for an arbitrary wire at DC using formula (1.5.9) with β(ω=0) = 0 :
Az(x,ω) = R = |x - x'| (1.5.9)z
Here Jz,a is a current which is "applied" to the wire, and below we shall just call it Jz.
(b) Compute B = curl A.
(c) The magnetic energy density is then dU/dV = (1/2)B2/μ. Integrate this over the interior or exterior of a slice of the wire to get Ui or Ue. For Ue we know we have to use a cutoff because the result is going to be log divergent as was the case for the round wire.
(d) Set U = (1/2) L I2 to extract the appropriate inductance. We shall be mainly interested in the internal inductance.
(b) The divergence problem
At DC there is no skin effect so we know that the current density will be uniform in the conductor, no matter how weird it's cross sectional shape (which shape is assumed uniform in z). Thus we are allowed to remove Jz from the integration in (1.5.9)z, leaving the following form,
Az(x,y,0) = ∫∫dx'dy'!Syntax Error, I , s = . (C.4.1)
An attempt to do the dz' integration reveals the first sign of trouble because this integral diverges. This is a reflection of the same problem noted earlier, that there is something unphysical about an infinite wire. So we install a very large cutoff ± Λ/2 on the z integration, as if the wire were of length Λ instead of ∞. Then,
!Syntax Error, I → !Syntax Error, I = 2 !Syntax Error, I = 2 ln[ z' + ] | Λ/20
= 2ln[Λ/2 +
≈ 2ln(Λ) - 2lns = -2ln(s/Λ) ,
where in the last step we assume that the transverse dimensions of the wire are much smaller than the cutoff Λ so that s << Λ for all s in the transverse integration. We are then left with
Az(x,y,0) = ∫∫dx'dy' [2ln(Λ) - 2ln(s) ] s =
= 2ln(Λ)* (transverse wire area) - 2 ∫∫dx'dy' ln(s) . (C.4.2)
The first term is just a large constant. It makes no contribution to B = curl A no matter how large we regard Λ, so we can continue with the program. To keep track of dimensions, it is useful to keep Λ around, so
Az(x,y,0) = - ∫ dx'dy' ln(s/Λ) , (C.4.3)
where the transverse integral is over the shape of the wire. Whatever shape wire we choose, we can in principle do the above integration and carry out the program. At worst, we have to resort to numerical techniques.
For a round wire, the above integration becomes
Az(r) = - !Syntax Error, Ir' dr'!Syntax Error, Idθ ln (/Λ ) (C.4.4)
Although it looks like a mess, these are standard integrals, and the results of the previous section are easily duplicated.
Reader Exercise: In the expression (C.4.4) the -ln(Λ) term creates a constant in Az(r) which we ignore as noted above since we only care about B = curl A, so set Λ = 1. Then use GR 4.224.9 to show that
!Syntax Error, Idθ ln ( ) = π ln [ ] .
The denominator 2 can be ignored since it too just creates a constant. Then show that for r > a,
Az(r) = - !Syntax Error, Ir' dr' π ln [ ] = - (μJz/2) a2 ln(r) .
Then compute B using the curl in cylindrical coordinates to get
B = - ∂rAz(r) = (μJza2/2)r-1 = B(r) where B(r) = (μJza2/2)r-1 .
Finally, since I = Jz(πa2), show that one obtains the known result for field outside a round wire,
H(r) = (I/2π) r-1 . (C.3.6)
For r < a, break up the integral into two parts to obtain the internal results
Az(r) = - (μJz/4) r2 => H(r) = (I/2πa2) r r ≤ a (C.3.3)
The reader may notice a similarity between (C.4.3) and results of Chapter 4 such as 4.4 (3) which contain factors ln(s1/s2). This is no coincidence of course since we took the small β limit in Chapter 4, and here we are dealing with the β = 0 limit (DC). // Remove this paragraph because reader probably has not read Chapter 4 when looking at this appendix.
(c) Avoiding the divergence problem
A way to avoid this divergence business is to apply transverse derivatives to both sides of (C.4.1) right at the start, before doing any integrations. It is really these derivatives of A that we need in order to compute B in Step (b) of the program outlined above. For example, in Cartesian coordinates,
∂x R-1 = -R-2∂xR = -R-2∂x = -R-2(1/2)R-1 2(x-x') = - (x-x') R-3
so the x derivative of (C.4.1) becomes
= - ∫∫dx'dy' (x-x') !Syntax Error, Idz' . (C.4.5)
The z' integration is now a convergent integral equal to [ GR 3.252.7 ],
!Syntax Error, Idz' = 2/s2 s = . (C.4.6)
This leaves a straightforward integral over the conductor cross section,
-By = = -∫∫dx'dy' . (C.4.7)
Other derivatives (perhaps in other coordinate systems) can be computed in a similar fashion. For strange geometries, numerical methods are needed.
In any event, we have outlined a method by which the internal DC inductance of any wire can be calculated. For a round wire we know from (C.3.5) above that Li = μ /8π . For a rectangular conductor of dimensions a and b, the result can be obtained using (C.4.7) and its y counterpart. The result must have the form Li = (μ/8πf(a/b) where f(x) is the function one obtains by doing the computation. A square wire would then have f(1). As a square wire is gradually deformed into a round wire, f(1) gradually deforms into 1.
Example: Magnetic Field of a Rectangular Wire
As one might expect, the B field for a rectangular conductor is not particularly simple. Here is a Maple calculation of the double integral appearing in the ∂xAz expression of (C.4.7) where we have made a clumsy attempt to minimize the number of terms:
At least the result is expressible in closed form. Using By = -∂xAz as above and Bx = ∂yAz similarly, we can plot the magnetic field lines for a = 1, b = 4 both inside and outside the conductor shown in red:
Far away, the field is the same as that of a round wire carrying the same total current. It would take some work to integrate the energy in this field to obtain Li and Le for such a conductor, but it could be done.
The method presented in this section is not very useful for an AC calculation, because then we can no longer assume that the current density is uniform across the wire. This will become clear later when we compute the exact current density for a round wire at arbitrary frequency. Again, this is similar to Chapter 4 results such as (4.4.3). We need some other method to compute the distribution of charge and current on a conductor.
Appendix D : The General Electric Field Inside a Round Wire
In this Appendix we present a somewhat lengthy calculation of the electric field (and therefore the current) inside a round wire without assuming that such fields are symmetrical about the axis. This wire may be regarded as one conductor of a transmission line down which a wave is propagating.
The conclusions one can draw from the analytic solution given below are supportive of the general discussion elsewhere in this monograph:
1. The Er and Eφ field components are very small. In fact, they are smaller than Ez by the factor (a/λ), where a = wire radius, and λ = wavelength of the wave on a transmission line containing the wire. This fraction is always assumed small in any analysis of a transmission line.
2. It is possible to maintain the condition Eφ = 0 on the wire surface. This condition is consistent with the idea that the wire surface is an electrical equipotential at any constant z.
3. We get an explicit formula for the surface impedance. We find that it is non-uniform around the boundary of the wire cross section, and that Jz is non-uniform inside the wire. This result is true even in the DC limit of a transmission line.
4. We suggest a method for computing the E fields in the low frequency limit of a transmission line consisting of round wires. First, solve the "electrostatic" problem illustrated in Chapter 6. Knowing the potential φ, compute the radial electric field at the surface of the conductors. From this compute the surface charge density n(φ) as a function of azimuth around the wire Then, as described below, compute the moments Nm (or ηm) of this charge distribution, and use the formulas below to find the electric field.
This is a highly technical appendix. The reader is invited to inspect the boxed results and comments in Section D.4.
D.1 The General Method and Solution for Ez
The starting point for the calculation is the Helmholtz equation (1.6.2) for the E field inside the wire,
( 2 + β2 ) E(r,φ z, t) = 0 . (D.1.1)
Here we use cylindrical coordinates (r,φ,z), as appropriate for a straight round wire. The first step is to expose the assumed t and z dependence, and in doing so, define the field E(r,φ) :
E(r,φz,t) = ej(ωt-βz) E(r,φ) . (D.1.2)
Here, symbol βd stands for the value that parameter β = ω takes in the dielectric. We reserve the symbol β with no subscript to mean β inside the metal of our wire. The form shown in (D.1.2) is a simple wave traveling down a transmission line in the +z direction. We assume that one of the conductors of this transmission line is our round wire, while the other conductor is (other conductors are) unspecified.
One can regard (D.1.2) as an assumed variable-separated form for a solution, an "ansatz". Our second ansatz is that Eφ(r=a,φ) = 0 which means at any z = constant slice, the circular wire perimeter is an equipotential. If a consistent solution to the field equations can be found with these assumptions, they are justified de facto.
Convention Comment: Section 1.7 discusses the Fourier Transform (1.7.7) and (1.7.8) where e+jωt appears in the expansion formula (1.7.8). For E(x,ω) = 2πδ(ω-ω1) one gets E(x,t) = e+jωt and then the form of a wave solution is e+j(ωt-kz) with the + sign associated with ωt. In general EE people like to assume time dependence of the form e+jωt (and they like j in place of i for ). The Fourier Transform is of course valid with the other sign choice for the two exponentials, and for that other sign choice one would have E(x,ω) = 2πδ(ω-ω1) => E(x,t) = e-jωt and one would think of a wave as e-j(ωt-kz) = e+j(kz-ωt). This sign convention is common in many physics texts, but in this document we use the e+j(ωt-kz) convention usually used in EE texts. It is just a convention choice and, as in (1.7.6), it just effects the sign of the imaginary physical field under consideration. If one thinks of the physical field under consideration as Re{ E(x,t)}, the sign convention choice makes no difference at all.
(a) Partial Wave Expansions
The next step is to do a "partial wave expansion" (that is, a complex Fourier series expansion) of E(r,φ) in terms of "azimuthal harmonics" eimφ, so that the variable φ is replaced with the partial wave index m:
E(r,φ) =!Syntax Error, I E(r,m) ejmφ E(r,m) = (1/2π) !Syntax Error, Idφ E(r,φ) e-jmφ (D.1.3)
Since the usual complex part has been extracted in (D.1.2), we assume that E(r,φ) is real so the right equation above says that E(r,-m) = E(r,m)* . We can then re-express the above as,
E(r,φ) = E(r,0) +!Syntax Error, I[ E(r,m)ejmφ + E(r,-m)e-jmφ] = E(r,0) +!Syntax Error, I[ E(r,m)ejmφ + [E(r,m)ejmφ]*]
= E(r,0) + 2!Syntax Error, IRe{ E(r,m)ejmφ }
= E(r,0) + 2!Syntax Error, I[ Re(E) + j Im(E)] [ cos(mφ) + j sin(mφ)]
= E(r,0) + 2!Syntax Error, I[Re(E)cos(mφ) - Im(E) sin(mφ)] + 2j!Syntax Error, I[ Im(E)cos(mφ) + Re(E) sin(mφ)]
Since E(r,φ) is assumed real, the second sum must vanish for all r and φ, giving this final result,
E(r,φ) = E(r,0) + 2!Syntax Error, I[Re{E(r,m)}cos(mφ) - Im{E(r,m)} sin(mφ)] . (D.1.4)
In analogy with (D.1.2) and the discussion of Section 1.7 regarding complex functions, we define a complex surface (r=a) charge density n(φ,z,t) which has the following ansatz variable-separated form,
n(φ,z,t) = ej(ωt-βz) n(φ) (D.1.5)
where n(φ) is real. We then expand n(φ) as in (D.1.3) and (D.1.4),
n(φ) = !Syntax Error, I Nm ejmφ Nm = (1/2π) !Syntax Error, Idφ n(φ) e-jmφ . (D.1.6)
n(φ) = N0 + 2!Syntax Error, I[Re{Nm}cos(mφ) - Im{Nm} sin(mφ)] (D.1.7)
Since n(φ) is real, Nm = N-m*. These Nm are the "moments" of the surface charge distribution, and their complex nature keeps track of cos(mφ versus sin(mφ) components.
(b) The Vector Laplacian and the conversion of equations from φ space to m space
Given the following cylindrical-coordinates field components,
E(r,φz,t) = Er(r,φz,t) + Eφ(r,φz,t) + Ez(r,φz,t) (D.1.8)
we may write out our ansatz wave form (D.1.2) and the Helmholtz equation (D.1.1) in more detail,
Er(r,φz,t) = ej(ωt-βz) Er(r,φ) . [2E(r,φ,z,t)]r + β2 Er(r,φ,z,t) = 0
Eφ(r,φz,t) = ej(ωt-βz) Eφ(r,φ) . [2E(r,φ,z,t)]φ + β2 Eφ(r,φ,z,t) = 0
Ez(r,φz,t) = ej(ωt-βz) Ez(r,φ) . [2E(r,φ,z,t)]z + β2 Ez(r,φ,z,t) = 0 . (D.1.9)
In Cartesian coordinates, it happens that [2E]i = 2(Ei), but this is not generally true for curvilinear coordinates. In cylindrical coordinates, it is true for the z coordinate only. The operator 2 when applied to a vector field is called the "vector Laplacian" and it is very different from the scalar Laplacian, so much so that some authors replace [2E] by [E] which is defined in this manner
[E] ≡ [2E] ≡ grad(div E) – curl (curl E) (D.1.10)
whereas
2φ ≡ div(grad φ) = (φ) . (D.1.11)
It is the vector Laplacian that appears in our Helmholtz equation (D.1.1). For cylindrical coordinates it turns out that,
(2E)r = 2Er - (2/r2) ∂φEφ - (1/r2) Er
(2E)φ = 2Eφ + (2/r2) ∂φEr - (1/r2) Eφ
(2E)z = 2Ez (D.1.12)
where
2 = (1/r)∂r(r∂r) + (1/r2)∂φ2 + ∂z2 = ∂r2 + (1/r)∂r + (1/r2)∂φ2 + ∂z2 . (D.1.13)
See for example Morse and Feshbach Vol I p 116, Moon and Spencer p 139, or do a web search on "vector Laplacian"; the author's Tensor Analysis document, Sections 13, 14 and 15, derives these results for arbitrary coordinate systems. Here is a summary of vector differential operators in cylindrical coordinates taken from Morse and Feshbach above, where the last line corresponds to the above discussion:
(D.1.14)
Using the ansatz form (D.1.2) and partial wave expansions of the form (D.1.3) or (D.1.6), it is a simple matter to convert an equation involving components like Ei(r,φz,t) or n(r,φz,t) to a simpler equation involving components like Ei(r,m) and n(r,m). We shall give an example, then state a simple set of rules that does the conversion automatically.
Example 1: The Ez Helmholtz Equation (D.1.9): [2E]z + β2 Ez = 0
Using (D.1.12) and (D.1.13), this may be written,
[∂r2 + (1/r) ∂r + (1/r2) ∂φ2 + ∂z2 + β2 ] ej(ωt-βz)Ez(r,φ) = 0 . (1)
Inserting the expansion (D.1.3) for Ez(r,φ) and moving the m sum to the left gives
!Syntax Error, I [∂r2 + (1/r) ∂r + (1/r2) ∂φ2 + ∂z2 + β2 ] ej(ωt-βz)Ez(r,m) ejmφ = 0 . (2)
We can then make the obvious replacements ∂z = -jβd and ∂φ = +jm to get,
!Syntax Error, I { [∂r2 + (1/r) ∂r -m2 (1/r2) – βd2 + β2 ] ej(ωt-βz)Ez(r,m) } ejmφ = 0 . (3)
Due to the completeness of functions ejmφ on the interval (-π.π), we conclude that { } = 0, or
[∂r2 + (1/r) ∂r -m2 (1/r2) – βd2 + β2 ] ej(ωt-βz)Ez(r,m) = 0 . (4)
In other words, one applies !Syntax Error, Idφ e-jm'φ to both sides of (3), uses the completeness property
!Syntax Error, Idφ ej(m-m')φ = 2π δm,m' , (5)
and then change m' to m to get (4).
Next, multiply both sides of (4) by r2 e-j(ωt-βz) to get,
[r2∂r2 + r ∂r - m2 +r2( β2- βd2)] Ez(r,m) = 0
We may then write these rules for converting equation (1) to equation (6)
Conversion Rules: ∂z → -jβd (D.1.15)
∂φ → +jm
∂t→ +jω
f(r,φ,z,t ) → f(r,m)
We can now practice with these rules to convert various equations of interest . Here a field with unstated arguments has the full arguments (r,φ,z,t).
Example 2: The Er Helmholtz Equation (D.1.9): [2E]r + β2 Er = 0 .
Using (D.1.12) we find,
2(Er) - (2/r2) ∂φEφ - (1/r2) Er + β2Er = 0
[∂r2 + (1/r)∂r + (1/r2)∂φ2 + ∂z2] Er - (2/r2) ∂φEφ - (1/r2) Er + β2Er = 0
[∂r2 + (1/r)∂r + (1/r2)∂φ2 + ∂z2 - (1/r2) + β2] Er - (2/r2) ∂φEφ = 0
Now apply the conversion rules to get
[∂r2 + (1/r)∂r + (1/r2) (-m2) - βd2 - (1/r2) + β2] Er(r,m) - (2/r2) jm Eφ(r,m) = 0
Example 3: The Eφ Helmholtz Equation (D.1.9): [2E]φ + β2 Eφ = 0 .
Using (D.1.12) we find,
2(Eφ) + (2/r2) ∂φEr - (1/r2) Eφ + β2Eφ = 0
[∂r2 + (1/r)∂r + (1/r2)∂φ2 + ∂z2] Eφ + (2/r2) ∂φEr - (1/r2) Eφ + β2Eφ = 0
[∂r2 + (1/r)∂r + (1/r2)∂φ2 + ∂z2 - (1/r2) + β2] Eφ + (2/r2) ∂φEr = 0
Now apply the conversion rules to get
[∂r2 + (1/r)∂r + (1/r2)(-m2) + (-βd2) - (1/r2) + β2] Eφ(r,m) + (2/r2) jm Er(r,m) = 0
Example 4: The div E = 0 .
Using (D.1.14) we write div E = 0 as
∂r (r Er) + ∂φEφ + r ∂zEz = 0
Applying the conversion rules gives
∂r [r Er(r,m)] + jmEφ(r,m) + r (-jβd)Ez(r,m) = 0
[1 + r∂r ] Er(r,m) + jmEφ(r,m) + r (-jβd)Ez(r,m) = 0
Summary of Examples:
[2E]z + β2 Ez = 0 :
[r2∂r2 + r ∂r - m2 + r2 ( β2- βd2)] Ez(r,m) = 0 (D.1.16)
[2E]r + β2 Er = 0 :
[r2∂r2 + r∂r - (m2+1) + r2(β2-βd2)] Er(r,m) - 2jm Eφ(r,m) = 0 (D.1.17)
[2E]φ + β2 Eφ = 0 :
[r2∂r2 + r∂r - (m2+1) + r2(β2-βd2)] Eφ(r,m) + 2jmEr(r,m) = 0 (D.1.18)
div E = 0 :
∂r [r Er(r,m)] + jmEφ(r,m) -jβd r Ez(r,m) = 0 (D.1.19)
Comment: The scalar Helmholtz equation is fully separable in cylindrical coordinates (see M&S p 15) and the "atomic forms" or "harmonics" are of the generic form ejmφ x ejk'z x Jm(jkr). In solving a problem involving such a scalar Helmholtz equation, one can expand the solution onto these harmonics with some coefficient for each term in the expansion, and then evaluate the expansion on some boundary to obtain those coefficients. We refer to this solution method as "the method of Smythian forms", admittedly an obscure phrase. In this situation, ejmφ is part of the "harmonic" functional form. In contrast, the vector Helmholtz equation is NOT separable in cylindrical coordinates (see M&S p 139), it is not even "R-separable", so there are no associated "harmonics" as there are with the scalar Helmholtz equation. Nevertheless, the functions ejmφ form a complete set for φ in (-π,π) and our expansion of each Ei onto these ejmφ is certainly allowed, even though these ejmφ are not part of any associated harmonics for the vector Helmholtz equation. As seen below, when we do this, we end up with ODE's whose solutions are Bessel functions of a strangely phased argument.
(c) The Charge Pumping Boundary Condition
The reason we are interested in surface charge n(φ) of (D.1.5) is that it acts as a driving source of the radial electric field in the wire. Recall the equation of continuity (1.1.8) converted to the ω domain
divJ = -jωρ ∫S dSJ = -jω ∫V dV ρ . // divergence theorem (D.1.20)
When applied to a thin box of radial area dS straddling the wire surface,
one finds that ∫S dSJ = -Jr(r=a,φ)dS and ∫V dV ρ = n(φ) dS so that
Jr(r=a,φ) = jω n(φ) . (D.1.21)
We assume that there is no current outside the wire to get this result. Since J = σE, this is really a boundary condition on the radial electric field,
Er(r=a,φ) = (jω/σ) n(φ) . (D.1.22)
We convert this to m-space using the conversion rules (D.1.15) to trivially obtain
Er(r=a,m) = (jω/σ) Nm . (D.1.23)
Thus, the radial electric field must have a certain value at the r=a boundary in each partial wave. And the value it must have is determined by the moment of the charge distribution.
By way of interpretation, the surface charge of a transmission line is "pumped" by the radial current in the wire. Since divJ = 0 inside the wire, this radial current is accompanied by the usual longitudinal current one expects to find inside the conductors of a transmission line.
ok to here
(d) The Ez Solution
As shown in (D.1.16), the Helmholtz equation for Ez(r,m) is
[r2∂r2 + r ∂r + (r2 β'2 - m2)] Ez(r,m) = 0 (D.1.24)
where
β'2 = β2 - βd2 . (D.1.25)
In a conductor like copper, β is huge compared to the dielectric βd, so we could ignore the distinction between β and β'. Setting x = β'r we find ∂r = β'∂x and then r∂r = x∂x and so on so that (D.1.24) reads
[x2∂x2 + x ∂x + (x2 - m2)] Ez(x/β',m) = 0 . x = β'r (D.1.26)
This is Bessel's equation [ Spiegel 24.1] and the solution subject to the condition that Ez be finite at r = 0 is Ez(x/β',m) = Czm Jm(x) or
Ez(r,m) = Czm Jm(β'r) (D.1.27)
where Czm is an arbitrary constant for each partial wave m.
Equation (D.1.27) is consistent with (2.1.22). In Section 2.1 we dealt only with the m=0 partial wave, which embodies the symmetrical part of the problem. Also, we assumed constant z behavior so βd = 0 and the question of β versus β' never arose.
D.2 The Solutions for Er and Eφ
(a) The Er Solution
As shown in (D.1.17), the Helmholtz equation for Er(r,m) is
[r2∂r2 + r∂r - (m2+1) + r2β'2] Er(r,m) - 2jm Eφ(r,m) = 0 (D.2.1)
while the div E = 0 condition was stated in (D.1.19) as
[1 + r∂r ] Er(r,m) + jmEφ(r,m) + r (-jβd)Ez(r,m) = 0
or
-jmEφ(r,m) = [1 + r∂r ] Er(r,m) - r (jβd)Ez(r,m) . (D.2.2)
Inserting this into (D.2.1) gives
[r2∂r2 + r∂r - (m2+1) + r2 β'2] Er(r,m) + [2 + 2r∂r ] Er(r,m) - 2r (jβd)Ez(r,m) = 0
or
[r2∂r2 + 3r∂r + (1-m2) + r2 β'2)] Er(r,m) = 2r (jβd)Ez(r,m) . (D.2.3)
Inserting solution (D.1.27) for Ez(r,m) this becomes
[r2∂r2 + 3r∂r + (1-m2) + r2 β'2)] Er(r,m) = 2r (jβd) Czm Jm(β'r)
or
[r2∂r2 + 3r∂r + (1-m2) + r2 β'2)] Er(r,m) = 2j (βd/β') Czm β' r Jm(β'r)
or
[r2∂r2 + 3r∂r + (1-m2) + r2 β'2)] Er(r,m) = Km β'r Jm(β'r) (D.2.4)
where
Km ≡ 2j (βd/β') Czm . (D.2.5)
In order to get the left side of (D.2.4) into something recognizable, we define
Er(r,m) = x-1 fm(x) (D.2.6)
where x is a dimensionless radial variable which will play a major role in the following,
x ≡ β'r and xa ≡ β' a . (D.2.7)
Then (D.2.4) becomes
[x2∂x2 + 3x∂x + (1-m2) + x2] { x-1 fm(x)} = 2j (βd/β') xCzm Jm(x)
or
x [x2∂x2 + 3x∂x + (1-m2) + x2] { x-1 fm(x)} = K x2 Jm(x) . (D.2.8)
Ever eager, Maple expands the left side of (D.2.7),
so that (D.2.8) becomes
[ x2 ∂x2 + x ∂x + (x2-m2)] fm(x) = Km x2 Jm(x) . (D.2.9)
The left side of (D.2.9) is the normal Bessel operator [ Spiegel 24.1] , but the equation is also driven by a power times a Bessel function. The solution to the equation is the homogeneous solution of the Bessel equation plus the particular solution which is the response to the driving function on the right hand side.
The homogeneous solution is the usual linear combination of Jm(x) and Ym(x), but we must reject Ym(x) since it blows up at x=0 and thereby causes the field Er to be singular, which it cannot be, smack in the middle of a wire.
The particular solution is not very obvious and required some hunting to find. It is this
fm(x)particular = (1/2) Km [ x Jm+1(x) ] . (D.2.10)
a Maple confirms, continuing the above code,
Therefore, we now have this full solution for fm(x)
fm(x) = fm(x)particular + fm(x)homogeneous = (1/2) Km [ x Jm+1(x) ] + am Jm(x)
and then from (D.2.6) the full solution Er ,
Er(r,m) = am x-1 Jm(x) + Jm+1(x) . (D.2.11)
For each value of m, there are two as-yet undetermined constants, am and (Km/2). However, looking at (D.2.11), we see that, since J0(x) ≈ 1 for small x, we must have
a0 = 0 (D.2.12)
to keep Er finite at r = 0. We shall obtain expressions for am and (Km/2) below.
(b) The Eφ Solution
Recall (D.2.2) ,
jmEφ(r,m) = -∂r[rEr(r,m)] + r (jβd)Ez(r,m) . (D.2.2)
We can then insert our known Ez and Er to get Eφ
Ez(r,m) = Czm Jm(x) (D.1.27)
Er(r,m) = am x-1 Jm(x) + Jm+1(x) . (D.2.11)
so (D.22) becomes the following
jmEφ(r,m) = -∂r[r{ am x-1 Jm(x) + Jm+1(x)}] + r (jβd) Czm Jm(x)
jmEφ(r,m) = -∂x[x{ am x-1 Jm(x) + Jm+1(x)}] + x Jm(x) // Km ≡ 2j (βd/β') Czm
jmEφ(r,m) = -∂x[am Jm(x) + x Jm+1(x)] + x Jm(x)
jmEφ(r,m) = -am Jm'(x) - Jm+1(x) - x Jm+1'(x) + x Jm(x)
jmEφ(r,m) = - am Jm'(x) + [ - Jm+1(x) - x Jm+1'(x) + x Jm(x) ] (D.2.13)
At this point we invoke the recurrence relations AS 10.6.2
to write
Jm+1' = Jm - (m+1)x-1Jm+1 first relation with ν = m+1
Jm' = -Jm+1 + (m/x)Jm second relation with ν = m (D.2.14)
Insert these into (D.2.18) to get
jmEφ(r,m) = - am Jm' + [ - x Jm+1' - Jm+1 + xJm]
= - am {-Jm+1 + (m/x)Jm } + [ - x { Jm - (m+1)x-1Jm+1} - Jm+1 + xJm]
= am Jm+1 - am (m/x)Jm + [ - x Jm + (m+1) Jm+1 - Jm+1 + xJm]
= am Jm+1 - am (m/x)Jm + [ m Jm+1]
= - am (m/x)Jm + ( m + am ) Jm+1
Dividing by m then gives the final solution:
jEφ(r,m) = - am x-1 Jm(x) + ( + ) Jm+1(x) x = β'r . (D.2.15)
What about Eφ(r,m=0)?
We have already noted that a0 = 0. For m=0, (D.2.15) is invalid because we divided (D.2.13) by m. In fact, we really know nothing at all about the field Eφ(r,m=0) from our solution method because Eφ is not even present in our starting equation (D.2.2) when m = 0,
-jmEφ(r,m) = [1 + r∂r ] Er(r,m) - r (jβd)Ez(r,m) . (D.2.2)
However, we can use the Eφ Helmholtz equation (D.1.18) to learn more about Eφ(r,m) with m = 0,
[r2∂r2 + r∂r - (m2+1) + r2β'2] Eφ(r,m) + 2jmEr(r,m) = 0 (D.1.18)
With m = 0 we get
[r2∂r2 + r∂r - 1 + r2β'2] Eφ(r,0) = 0
or
[x2∂x2 + x∂x - 1 + x2] Eφ(r,0) = 0 x = β' r (D.2.16)
Since [..] is the ν = 1 Bessel operator and since Eφ must be finite at r = 0, we find that
Eφ(r,0) = Cφ0 J1(β'r) (D.2.17)
where Cφ0 is some constant.
(c) Application of the Boundary Conditions
We have two boundary conditions to impose:
Er(r=a,m) = (jω/σ) Nm (D.2.18)
Eφ(r=a,m) = 0 (D.2.19)
The first is the radial charge pumping condition shown in (D.1.23) above, while the second is our ansatz assumed earlier that any z = constant circle on the wire surface be an equipotential.
These two boundary conditions serve to determine the two constants am and Km, though a bit of algebra is required. The first step is to use (D.2.11) for Er and (D.2.15) for Eφ to write out the two boundary conditions as
am xa-1 Jm(xa) + Jm+1(xa) = (jω/σ) Nm (1)
- am xa-1 Jm(xa) + ( + ) Jm+1(xa) = 0 . (2)
Addition and subtraction of these equations gives two new equations,
Jm+1(xa) + ( + ) Jm+1(xa) = (jω/σ) Nm (3)
2 am xa-1 Jm(xa) - Jm+1(xa) = (jω/σ) Nm (4)
the second of which may be immediately solved for am
= (jω/σ) Nm . (5)
Using the recursion relation 2m x-1 Jm = [Jm+1 + Jm-1] and using (5) for am , equation (2) may be solved to get
( + ) = (jω/2σ) Nm [ + ] (6)
Finally, subtracting (5) from (6) we find
= (jω/2σ) Nm [ – ] (7)
For m = 0 we use (D.2.17) for Eφ and the two boundary conditions are then
J1(xa) = (jω/σ) N0 (D.2.20)
Cφ0 J1(xa) = 0 => Cφ0 = 0 (D.2.21)
The K0 result is compatible with (7) since J-1= - J1 and the (9) requires that Cφ0 = 0, barring some strange radius which happens to be a zero of the J1(x) function.
To summarize,
am = 2m(jω/2σ) Nm m≥0
= (jω/2σ) Nm [ – ] m≥ 0
(+ ) = (jω/2σ) Nm { + } m>0
Cφ0 = 0 m = 0 (D.2.22)
We have now completely solved the problem. To review, here are the three fields gathered together in one spot:
Ez(r,m) = -j(β'/βd) Jm(x) (D.1.27) and (D.2.5)
Er(r,m) = am x-1 Jm(x) + Jm+1(x) (D.2.11) (D.2.23)
jEφ(r,m) = - am x-1 Jm(x) + (+ ) Jm+1(x) m > 0 (D.2.15)
jEφ(r,0) = 0 m = 0 (D.2.17) and Cφ0 = 0
D.3 What about the Eφ Helmholtz Equation ?
Except to find Eφ(r,0) we have completely ignored the Eφ Helmholtz equation until now. It is reasonable to wonder whether the solution fields we have found above in fact solve this equation?
A related question is whether the three Helmholtz equations and div E = 0 are four independent equations, or is one of the three Helmholtz equations dependent? In Cartesian coordinates suppose we know that (implied sums on repeated indices)
(∂j∂j + β2) E1= 0
(∂j∂j + β2) E2= 0
∂iEi = 0 . (D.3.1)
Can we show that (∂j∂j + β2) E3 = 0 so this third Helmholtz equation is dependent? If we apply the operator (∂j∂j + β2) to the last equation above we get
(∂j∂j + β2) ∂iEi = 0
or
∂i (∂j∂j + β2) Ei = 0
or
∂1 (∂j∂j + β2) E1 + ∂2 (∂j∂j + β2) E2 + ∂3 (∂j∂j + β2) E3 = 0
or
∂3 [(∂j∂j + β2) E3] = 0 (D.3.2)
This does not prove that (∂j∂j + β2) E3 = 0, but it certainly suggests it.
Perhaps (∂j∂j + β2) E3 = f(x1,x2) ≠ 0, but other considerations might force f = 0, such as the nature of curvilinear coordinates and boundary conditions.
Rather than pursue this question further, we will now directly show that our solutions do in fact satisfy the Eφ Helmholtz equation. The Eφ Helmholtz equation (D.1.18) is this, expressed in terms of x = β'r,
[x2∂x2 + x∂x - (m2+1) + x2)] Eφ(r,m) = – 2jmEr(r,m) = 0 (D.1.18) (D.3.3)
and we found these solutions for Er and Eφ ,
Er(r,m) = am x-1 Jm(x) + Jm+1(x) . (D.2.11)
jEφ(r,m) = - am x-1 Jm(x) + ( + ) Jm+1(x) x = β'r . (D.2.15)
Treating (D.2.22) as LHS = RHS we then have
LHS = [x2∂x2 + x∂x - (m2+1) + x2] {- am x-1 Jm(x) + ( + ) Jm+1(x) }
RHS = 2m{ am x-1 Jm(x) + Jm+1(x)} . (D.3.4)
In order to have LHS = RHS, it must be true for arbitrary am and Km . Thus, we want to show that each of the following equations is valid,
[x2∂x2 + x∂x - (m2+1) + x2] ( Jm+1(x) ) = 2m Jm+1(x)
[x2∂x2 + x∂x - (m2+1) + x2] {- am x-1 Jm(x) + Jm+1(x) } = 2m am { x-1 Jm(x) }
which are the same as
[x2∂x2 + x∂x - (m2+1) + x2] (Jm+1(x) ) = 2m Jm+1(x) (D.3.5)
[x2∂x2 + x∂x - (m2+1) + x2] {- x-1 Jm(x) + Jm+1(x) } = 2m { x-1 Jm(x) } . (D.3.6)
Equation (D.3.5) may be written
[x2∂x2 + x∂x - (m2+1) + x2 - 2m] Jm+1(x) = 0
or
[x2∂x2 + x∂x + x2- (m+1)2] Jm+1(x) = 0 .
But this is Bessel's equation for ν = m+1, thus (D.3.5) really is valid.
As for (D.3.6), we leave it to trusty Maple :
Thus (D.3.6) is also valid
We conclude that the our round wire E field solutions satisfy the Eφ Helmholtz equation as well as the other two Helmholtz equations and the div E = 0 equation.
D.4 Statement of the Results
Although we have a complete solution to our problem, it is useful to normalize the results to some well defined absolute scale. The first step in doing this is to compute the total current I in the wire using Jz = σEz. The purpose here is relate the current I to the moment N0 of the surface charge distribution. Many steps are required to ferret out this relationship:
I = !Syntax Error, Idφ !Syntax Error, Ir dr Jz(r,φ) = !Syntax Error, Idφ !Syntax Error, Ir dr { σ !Syntax Error, I Ez(r,m) ejmφ } // (D.1.3)
= σ !Syntax Error, I !Syntax Error, Ir dr Ez(r,m) !Syntax Error, Idφ ejmφ = 2π σ!Syntax Error, Ir dr Ez(r,0)
= 2π σ!Syntax Error, Ir dr {-j(β'/βd) J0(x) } // (D.2.21) x = β'r
= -j(β'/βd) 2π σ !Syntax Error, Ir dr J0(x) // x = β'r so xdx = β'2 rdr
= -j(β'βd)-1 2πσ [!Syntax Error, Idx x J0(x)] = -j(β'βd)-1 2πσ [ xa J1(xa) ]
= -j(β'βd)-1 2πσ {(jω/σ) N0 / J1(xa)} [ xa J1(xa) ] // (D.2.20)
= (β'βd)-1 2πω N0 xa = (β'βd)-1 2πω N0 β'a
= 2πω (a/βd) N0
so that
N0 = (βd/2πωa) I . (D.4.1)
At this point it is convenient to introduce the DC resistance per unit length of our wire,
Rdc = (D.4.2)
along with a new symbol to indicate the relative surface charge moment,
ηm ≡ (D.4.3)
It follows from (D.4.1) that the normalization factor appearing in (D.2.22) may be written as
(jω/2σ) Nm = (jω/2σ) N0 = (jω/2σ) ηm [(βd/2πωa) I ] = (j/4) ηm (aβd/σπa2) I
= (j/4) (aβd) ηm I Rdc . (D.4.5)
We may now construct the final form for our solutions from (D.2.23) and (D.2.22) for m > 0:
Ez(r,m) = -j(β'/βd) Jm(x) = -j(β'/βd) (jω/2σ) Nm [ – ] Jm(x)
= -j(β'/βd) [(j/4) (aβd) ηm I Rdc] [ – ] Jm(x)
= (1/4) ηm I Rdc [- ]
Er(r,m) = am x-1 Jm(x) + Jm+1(x)
= [(jω/2σ) Nm] { 2m x-1 Jm(x) + [ – ] Jm+1(x) }
= (j/4) (aβd) ηm I Rdc { + - }
jEφ(r,m) = - am x-1 Jm(x) + (+ ) Jm+1(x)
= [(jω/2σ) Nm] { - 2m x-1 + [ + ] Jm+1(x)
= (j/4) (aβd) ηm I Rdc { - + [ + ] }
We summarize these results in a box. The m=0 results are all obtainable from the general expressions with m = 0 using J-1 = - J1 :
E Fields Inside a Round Wire
x = β'r β'2 = β2- βd2 ≈ β2 β = ω ξ =[ε + σ/(jω)] ≈ σ/(jω) conductor
xa = β'a βd = ω ξd =[εd + σd/(jω)] ≈ εd dielectric
E(r,φz,t) = ej(ωt-βz) E(r,φ) (D.1.2) E = Er + Eφ + Ez (for any arguments)
E(r,φ) = E(r,0) + 2!Syntax Error, I[Re{E(r,m)}cos(mφ) - Im{E(r,m)} sin(mφ)] = real (D.1.4)
where:
Ez(r,m) = (1/4) ηm I Rdc [ - ] a = radius ηm ≡
Ez(r,0) = (1/2) I Rdc [] // = (2.1.22) for βd = 0 η0 = 1
Er(r,m) = (j/4) (aβd) ηm I Rdc [ + - ]
Er(r,0) = (j/2) (aβd) I Rdc [ ]
Eφ(r,m) = (1/4) (aβd) ηm I Rdc [ - + + ]
Eφ(r,0) = 0
(D.4.6)
Observations about the solution:
(1) We looked for a wave solution inside a round wire in which phase fronts propagate down the wire (z direction) with angular frequency ω and wavelength λd = 2π/βd, as indicated by (D.1.2) in the box. We found the solution shown in the box. It satisfies all three components of the Helmholtz equation (D.1.1) as well as the div E = 0 equation (no charge inside conductor).
(2) For a good conductor and a good dielectric, one has ξ ≈ σ/(jω) and ξd ≈ εd as shown in the box. These are the complex dielectric "constants" of Appendix B. The corresponding wavenumbers are then
β = ω ≈ ω = ej3π/4 = ej3π/4 (/δ) (2.1.18) , (2.1.21)
βd = ω ≈ ω = ω / vd vd = speed of light in the dielectric (D.4.7)
Thus, in our wave solution (D.1.2), the phase fronts propagate down the inside of the wire at vd, the speed of light in the dielectric outside the wire. Although we have been silent about the fields outside the wire, it seems reasonable to presume there is a wave outside also moving down the wire at vd . See below.
(3) The fact that the wavenumber β inside the conductor is complex indicates the presence of absorption of energy in the conductor due to σ which one could calculate in detail.
(4) In our axially symmetric round wire analysis of Section 2.1 we assumed no z variation of the fields, which means wave number βd = 0 so β' = β. In this case the box above shows Er(r,m) = 0 and Eφ(r,m) = 0 for all m ≥ 0. Our symmetry assumptions in Section 2.1 limited the analysis there to m = 0 and the Ez(r,0) shown in the box above agrees with result (2.1.22).
(5) The components Eφ and Er are smaller than Ez by factor (βda). This is the dimensionless smallness parameter which defines the "transmission line limit", see Chapter 4.
(6) If there exist moments Nm of the charge distribution on the wire with m > 1, then the corresponding ηm ≠ 0 and it is clear that Ez(r,φ) and hence Jz(r,φ) is non-uniform around the surface of the wire. That is, these fields vary with φ as cos(mφ). The non-uniformity is not "small" but has the full strength of ηm. Of course we only expect to get significant moments of charge density n(φ) when conductors are "fat and close". It seems likely in this case that the largest contribution will come from m=1.
(7) The surface impedance from (C.2.1) is just Zs(φ) = Ez(r=a,φ)/I. Using the boxed result for Ez(r,φ) we quickly find that
Zs(φ) = (1/2) Rdc { + !Syntax Error, I [ - ] Re[ηmejmφ] }
where (D.4.8)
Re[ηmejmφ] = Re(ηm)cos(mφ) - Im(ηm) sin(mφ).
Thus we see the expected non-uniformity of Zz(φ) around the perimeter of the wire cross section for the m > 0 components.
D.5 The Low Frequency Limit
If we assume that ω is small enough that |xa| = |β'|a << 1, we can greatly simplify the above results. For a good conductor, β' ≈ β = ej3π/4 (/δ) so |β'|a << 1 => (a/δ) << 1 or (a/δ) << 1, which means the skin depth is much larger than the radius of the wire. In terms of frequency ω this condition is
a << 1 => ω << .
Using our ongoing example, for the Belden 8281 coax center conductor with a = .394 mm, μ = μ0 = 4π x 10-7 henry/m, and σ = 5.81 x 107 mho/m (copper), the limit requires that
ω << = 88 KHz .
All limits come from the leading small-x term of Jn(x) which is
Jm(x) ≈ xm/ (2mm!) m ≥ 0 // Spiegel (24.2) (D.5.1)
To avoid errors, we have Maple compute the limits of the various terms appearing in box ***.
The left column is for visual check, the right column then provides the limits. Our limit is xa<<1 and since x ≤ xa we also have x << 1, but the ratio (x/xa) = (r/a) is merely ≤ 1 and not << 1. From the column on the right above we read off the limits:
A = ≈ 2(m+1)(x/xa)m
B = ≈ (1/2m)(x/xa)m xa2 ≈ 0 since xa << 1
C = ≈ (x/xa)m-1
D = ≈ (x/xa)m+1
E = ≈ (x/xa)m+1 xa2 ≈ 0
F = ≈ 2
G = ≈ (x/xa) (D.5.2)
In terms of the letters A through G the E(r,m) fields from box *** are given by
Ez(r,m) = (1/4) ηm I Rdc [A - B ]
Ez(r,0) = (1/2) I Rdc [F]
Er(r,m) = (j/4) (aβd) ηm I Rdc [ C + D - E ]
Er(r,0) = (j/2) (aβd) I Rdc [G]
Eφ(r,m) = (1/4) (aβd) ηm I Rdc [ - C + D + E ]
Eφ(r,0) = 0 (D.5.3)
Installing the limits and setting (x/xa) = (r/a) we find
E Fields Inside a Round Wire (low frequency limit)
Ez(r,m) = (1/2) ηm I Rdc (m+1)(r/a)m
Ez(r,0) = I Rdc
Er(r,m) = (j/4) (aβd) ηm I Rdc [(r/a)m-1 + (r/a)m+1 ]
Er(r,0) = (j/2) (aβd) I Rdc (r/a)
Eφ(r,m) = (1/4) (aβd) ηm I Rdc [- (r/a)m-1 + (r/a)m+1 ]
Eφ(r,0) = 0 (D.5.4)
The equation Ez(r,0) = I Rdc states that in this low frequency limit the wire acts as a resistor having the expected resistance per unit length Rdc = 1/(σπa2) as in (D.4.2). In the transmission line limit aβd << 1 of interest to us, we see that there is always a small radial current which pumps the changing surface charge. In the m = 0 this radial current is linear in r, peaking at the surface.
In fact, if you integrate the radial current over the surface of a long piece of wire of length λ/ 2, taking into account the z dependence, you get 2I.
[ I think the above has no basis in fact! At DC, we have ω = 0 and Er(a,0) = (j/2) (aβd) I Rdc. But βd = ω ≈ ω = 0 at DC, so the integral of the radial current is 0. For m = 1, the radial current depends on η1 which we don't know, and then Er(a,1) = (j/4) (aβd) ηm I Rdc(2) and we have no conclusion at all. Yes it is proportional to I. I don't know where this strange claim came from! Throwing in the sinφ angle and integrating over half a wavelength is not going to rescue this weird claim. ]
See Section 3.7, Figure 2 for a drawing of the current we have just computed.
continue here after reading Chapter 3.
D.6 What about the E fields outside the round wire?
This is an Exercise for the Reader, with some preliminary discussion given below.
The Helmholtz equation (D.1.1) outside the wire now contains βd instead of β. The assumed wave solution form is still (D.1.2). In the three component Helmholtz equations this means that
β' = βd2 - βd2 = 0 so that:
[2E]z + β2 Ez = 0 :
[r2∂r2 + r ∂r - m2] Ez(r,m) = 0 (D.1.16)o
[2E]r + β2 Er = 0 :
[r2∂r2 + r∂r - (m2+1)] Er(r,m) - 2jm Eφ(r,m) = 0 (D.1.17)o
[2E]φ + β2 Eφ = 0 :
[r2∂r2 + r∂r - (m2+1)] Eφ(r,m) + 2jmEr(r,m) = 0 (D.1.18)o
div E = 0 :
∂r [r Er(r,m)] + jmEφ(r,m) -jβd r Ez(r,m) = 0 (D.1.19)o
The differential operators appearing in the above equations are no longer Bessel-style operators, they are Euler-style operators. Euler ODE's have the general form [ r2∂r2 + a r ∂r + b] f(r) = 0, and the solutions have this form from p 45 of Polyanin's excellent ODE compendium,
For Ez(r,m) the equation (D.1.17)o shown just above is in fact an Euler equation which has a = 1 and
b = -m2 so μ = m and the solution forms are these (r ≥a outside the wire),
Ez(r,m) = Azmrm + Bzmr-m m > 0
Ez(r,0) = Czln(r) + Dz m = 0 .
This Ez Helmholtz equation is the same as the radial equation one obtains when solving the 2D Laplace equation 2u = 0 in separated polar coordinates, see for example Stakgold Vol II p 92 (6.7).
It certainly seems reasonable that Azm = 0 to avoid a dramatic blowup at r = ∞, but the m = 0 coefficients are less obvious, since we have already seen logarithmic divergences associated with infinitely long wires.
One approach is to mimic the method used for the inside solution, making use of the div E = 0 equation shown above, and thereby coming up with a full set of E field solutions. Along the way one must determine appropriate boundary conditions at r = a so the outside solutions are consistent with the inside solutions. We can at least see that for m > 0 Ez(r,m) ~ (r/a)-m outside the round wire.
D.7 What about φ, A and B ?
Inside the conductor, we know that potential φ satisfies (D.1.1), and we know that φ at r=a does not depend on angle φ. This means that φ is similar to our Ez solution in the m=0 partial wave, and vanishes for all higher partial waves. Thus we write
φ(r,m) = δm,0 φ0 J0(x)/J0(xa) x = β'r (D.7.1)
where φ0 is the value of the potential on the surface at r=a. Since we know E(r,m) from Section 3 (6), we can solve for the vector potential A as follows:
-jωA = E + grad φ (D.7.2)
Converted to partial waves, this says
-jωAr(r,m) = Er(r,m) + δm,0 ∂rφ(r,0)
-jωAφ(r,m) = Eφ(r,m) - (1/r) jm δm,0 φ(r,0) = Eφ(r,m)
-jωAz(r,m) = Ez(r,m) - jβd δm,0 φ(r,0) (D.7.3)
Thus, for m≠0 we have -jωA = E. For m = 0 there are extra pieces as shown for Ar(r,0) and Az(r,0).
Since A(r,m) is known, A(r,φ,z) is also known, and then so too is B = curl A. This curl can also be performed in each partial wave if desired by replacing ∂φ = -jm and ∂z = -jβd as usual.
Since -jωA = E in the higher partial waves, we may conclude that the transverse components of A are small compared to the longitudinal component, just as is the case for E, see (D.3.6). For m=0 we know that Aφ = Eφ = 0, but Ar is a combination of Er and ∂r φ which is not small compared to Az, due to the ∂rφ contribution.
Thus, we arrive at the conclusion that, although Ar is negligible in the dielectric, it cannot be ignored inside the conductor. This explains, incidentally, the problem one encounters with the gauge condition (1.5.5) divA = -j(β2/ω)φ. Since φ is continuous at the boundary, and β2 takes a jump of many orders of magnitude (from βd to β'), something on the left side must change violently. But Az is also continuous. It is the m=0 Ar inside the conductor that takes up the slack. In fact, taking the difference inside minus outside we conclude that
∂rAr (r=a-ε) = -j(β'2/ω)φ0 (D.7.4)
from which we can determine φ0The potential Ar is discontinuous at r=a.
Appendix E: Surface Charge
It is often said that surface charges only exist very close to the surface of a conductor. In this section, we will show how extremely true this statement is. Here is a crude sketch of what we expect surface charge distributions might look like at the plates of a capacitor.
Fig E.1
The red plot is charge density ρ, and the black plot is the electric field magnitude.The charge density is exactly ρ = 0 in the dielectric region between the two plates simply because there are no available charge carriers as there are in a metal ( the electron cloud). Barring a huge E field, electrons cannot just "jump off" the metal surface into the dielectric region because of an energy cost to do so called a work function.
The figure suggests that the charge distribution might have an exponential decay going into each metal surface, with some characteristic distance which we seek to find. The reader might wonder: is it the skin depth δ? The answer to that question is: most definitely not!
We are all used to using Ohm's law J = σE in various forms. Application of this law in the regions of charge density in the above figure leads to a contradiction. In the DC static case, nothing moves, so there can be no J, but there is clearly some E, so how can J = σE ? The reason is that Ohm's law only applies in a neutral medium. When there is a net charge density, the corrected Ohm's law is this:
J = σE - D grad ρ . (E.1)
The grad term, associated with Fick's Law, represents a flux of charged particles (a current) created by a gradient of the charge density. The charge flows (diffuses) from a region of high density to one of lower density, hence the minus sign, just as heat flows from a region of higher temperature to one of lower temperature. In a static situation with no current, the second term balances the first term in a surface charge region,
σE = D grad ρ . (E.2)
As electrons pile up on the boundary, they resist further pileup by their higher density. Basically this is a diffusion effect, and D is a diffusion coefficient.
There is another more familiar equation which relates E and ρ, namely
div E = ρε . (E.3)
Inside a metal conductor the dielectric constant ε requires some careful study, but here we shall just set it to ε0 as if there were nothing in the electron cloud of the metal that could be polarized. Taking the divergence of (E.2) and using (E.3) we get this result
2ρ = (σ/Dε0) ρ . (E.4)
The inverse combination of symbols in (E.4) is the square of something called the Debye length,
λD2 = (Dε0/ σ) (E.5)
which is associated with charge screening in plasmas (such as the electrons in a metal). Thus, (E.4) may be written,
2ρ = (1/λD2) ρ . (E.6)
In our one-dimensional problem of the above figure, the solution of this equation is
ρ(x) = ρ(0) e-x/λ (E.7)
where x is a coordinate going into the surface. This says that the thickness of the charge surface layer inside the metal is basically λD.
If the electron cloud inside the metal is treated as a classical gas of particles of mass m, charge q, temperature T, and density n, one gets formulas for the various coefficients. Here are some expressions:
J = nqv v = average drift velocity
τ = mean life time between collisions
μ(v/E) = (q/m)τ = mobility
D = (kTτ/m) = diffusion coefficient (k = Boltzmann constant)
σ = (nq2τ/m) = conductivity
λD = = Debye length (E.8)
This set of equations represents a classical model for the free charge in a metal.
One major and one minor adjustment is needed when quantum theory is applied because electrons are fermions. This means that they cannot all park in the same state, so they "pile up" in higher and higher states in something known as the Fermi sphere. Only electrons at the surface of this sphere ( " the Fermi surface") can do anything useful. Due to the pileup, the temperature of the active electrons is very much higher than one might think using classical physics. One finds this temperature by setting kT = EF where this latter is the Fermi energy,
EF = (h2/ 8π2m) (3π2n)2/3 = kTF (E.9)
The appearance of the Plank constant h is the clue that this is a quantum result. This was the major quantum adjustment. The minor one is that T in the Debye formula gets replaced by (2/3)T. Thus,
λD = = Debye length (quantum correct) (E.10)
We shall now do some numbers. Here are the basics,
n = 8.45 x 1028 electrons/ m3 for Copper
k = 1.38 x 10-23 = Boltzmann constant
m = 9.1 x 10-31 kg = electron mass
h = 6.63 x 10-34 J sec = Planck constant
Plugging these into (E.9) gives the following effective electron temperature
so
TF = 81,702 ° K = pretty hot (E.11)
We can now compute the Debye length, using (E.10).
ε0 = 8.85 x 10-12 F/m
q = 1.60 x 10-19 C
so
λD = 5.55 x 10-11 m = 0.55 A (Angstroms) (E.12)
The crystal spacing in copper is 3.6A, and the copper atomic radius is about .8A. Thus, we come to the dramatic conclusion of this section:
Fact: In our simple model, the thickness of the surface charge density below the surface of a conductor is incredibly small. For copper, it is less than the radius of one copper atom, and the general result applies to any metal. Thus, the surface charge decays away right in the very first atomic layer of a metal.
Fact: Then thin layer of negative surface charge on the right plate in Fig E.1 above serves to neutralize the E field which would otherwise be present inside the right conductor due to the positive charge on the surface of the left plate. One says that the E field inside (and to the right of) the right plate is "screened" (killed off) by the negative surface charge layer on the right plate.
This is of course the principle behind the ever-popular Faraday Cage (note kids inside):
Fig E.2
From Section 2.2, we found that the skin depth δ for copper at 100 GHz is about 0.2 microns which is 2x10-7m = 2000A. Even at this large frequency, the skin depth is still about 4000 times larger than the thickness of the surface charge layer. At 1 GHz this ratio is 40,000.
Fact: Whereas surface current can exist "deep" into the surface of a conductor, even when the skin effect is dominant, the surface charge can always be thought of as being exactly on the surface.
Appendix F: Waveguides
Much insight can be obtained about the assumptions made for a transmission line by considering the very different case of a waveguide. Normally a transmission line has two conductors and a waveguide has only one, but there is no reason why "waveguide action" cannot take place in a transmission line.
F.1 A waveguide solution
The standard assumptions made about a "perfect conductor" are that the fields vanish inside, and that all action takes place at the surface, which is basically a mirror. At the surface, tangential E fields and normal B fields vanish. The tangential E field vanishes because the surface is an equipotential, and the normal B field vanishes because the Maxwell curl E equation (1.1.2) says ∂xEy - ∂yEx = -jωBz where we assume a point on a metal surface with z being the normal direction. For a waveguide, these facts become convenient mathematical boundary conditions, so the field wave equations are always used instead of the potential wave equations. There is no ρ or J inside a waveguide, so (1.6.2) says,
( 2 + β2 ) E = 0 . (1.6.2) (F.1.1)
Traditional wave motion ej(ωt-kz) has a phase front ωt-kz = constant so k∂tz = ω or kv = ω or k = ω/v where v = ∂tz is the phase front velocity. There is an associated temporal frequency f and period T such that T = 1/f = 1/(2πω) where ω is the angular frequency ω = 2π/T. Similarly there is spatial frequency fs and wavelenght λ such that λ = 1/fs = 1/(2πk) where k is the wavenumber k = 2π/λ : k is the number of radians per wavelength, just as ω is the number of radians per period. In our current context, the wavenumber k is called β and it has the added feature of being complex. Recall,
β2 ≡ ω2μ ξ β = complex wavenumber (1.5.3)
ξ ≡ ε - jσ/ω . ξ = complex dielectric constant (1.5.4)
Parameters σ, ε and μ refer to properties of the dielectric which is inside the waveguide (normally air). For σ ≠ 0, ν and β have small imaginary parts.
In analogy with (1.1.10) that speed of light c = 1/ we define a complex phase velocity
v ≡ 1/ (F.1.2)
and then
β = ω/v (F.1.3)
just as we had k = ω/v in the traditional wave discussion above. If σ is very small then ξ ≈ ε with a very small imaginary part, and v is also mostly real with a small imaginary part.
The first step is to try to find a solution to the waveguide problem by separation of variables. If a solution is found, then this separation is justified. Starting back in the time domain, we then try this wave form of solution (wavenumber k),
E(x,y,z,t) = E(x,y) ej(ωt±kz) . (F.1.4)
The - sign is for waves traveling in the +z direction. Eq. (F.1.1) then becomes,
( + + γ2 ) E(x,y) = 0 (F.1.5)
where
γ2 = β2 - k2 = - k2 . (F.1.6)
As a simple but illustrative example, consider a waveguide consisting of only two plates separated by distance a (in coordinate x). We look for a solution with E(x,y) = Ey(x) so we have
( + γ2 ) Ey(x) = 0 (F.1.7)
A candidate solution is Ey(x) = A sin(γx). To meet the boundary conditions that Ey vanish at x=0 and x=a, we are forced to set
γ = γm ≡ (mπ/a) . (F.1.8)
One says that (F.1.7) and its boundary conditions comprise an eigenvalue problem, and γm are the eigenvalues.
Here is a sketch of the waveguide E field at some z = constant slice for the m = 1 mode:
Fig 1: Cross sectional view of a simple waveguide. equation 8 is missing
Since the Electric field is in a direction Transverse to the wave motion, this is called a TE mode.
If we solve (F.1.6) for the wavenumber k,
k = (1/v) λ = 2π/k ωm ≡ v γm = cutoff frequency (F.1.9)
we see clearly that ω must be larger than ωm ≡ v γm in order to get a predominantly real k. Below this ω, k is imaginary and there is no propagation as in (F.1.4), only attenuation.
If the dielectric conductivity σ appearing in ξ is small but non-zero, then even above cutoff the k in (F.1.9) will have some small imaginary part since this is true of v. This results in a slight exponential decay in (F.1.4) caused by heating of the dielectric as the wave moves down the guide.
The other loss mechanism, and a more important one, occurs at the "mirror" surface. Since the walls are not really perfect conductors, the E and B fields do in fact penetrate some distance (the skin depth), and currents are created according to J = σE inside the conductor, so there are heat losses at the walls as well.
These same loss mechanisms occur in transmission lines as well, and will be addressed in later chapters.
F.2 A waveguide interpretation
In the previous section, we obtained this approximate solution for the electric field inside the two-plate waveguide,
Ey(x,z) = A sin(γmx) e-ikz with k2 = β2 - (γm)2 . (F.2.1)
The solution was approximate because we ignored skin depth effects. It is convenient to think of (F.2.1) as the superposition of two plane waves of wavenumber β traveling at some skew angle ±θ relative to the z direction,
Ey(x,z) = (Aj/2) [ exp( -jβ1• r) - exp( -jβ2• r)] = sum of two plane waves (F.2.2)
where
β1 = βx βz = wavevector of first wave
β2 = - βx βz = wavevector of second wave (F.2.3)
(β1)2 = (β2)2 = βx2 + βz2 = β2
tanθ = βx / βz . (F.2.4)
Adding the two terms in (F.2.2) gives
Ey(x,z) = Asin( βx x) exp( -j βz z) , (F.2.5)
Comparing with (F.2.1), we conclude that
βx = γm = mπ/a βz = k tanθ = γm/k = . (F.2.6)
The two plane waves have wavenumber β = ω/ν and not k. Their sum is the superposed wave going down the guide in the z direction with wavenumber k shown in (F.1.4). As ω approaches cutoff from above, tanθ → ∞ and θ→π/2 and at cutoff the plane waves just bounce back and forth sideways and there is no propagation down the guide at all. Here is a picture:
Consider what happens during the bounces of the plane waves off the interior surfaces of the waveguide. In the skin depth region, current J flows in the direction of the parallel E field, which is the y direction in our example. This current serves to both cancel the incoming wave, and to create the reflected wave. Thus, there can be significant transverse currents in the walls of a waveguide.
The second point to be made involves wavelength. The plane waves have wavelength
λ = 2π/ β = 2πν/ω
Suppose we try to form a waveguide solution by jamming an integral number of half waves of the plane wave between our two plates at right angles, knowing that in this way we meet the boundary conditions at the two plates:
mλ/2) = a .
Using the above expression for λ gives ω = γmv, which is the cutoff frequency for mode m in (F.1.9). This is exactly the situation described above when θ = 90° in (F.2.6). As we move above cutoff in ω, the angle θ decreases from 90, the wavelength λ gets shorter, so the wavenumber β gets larger (number of radians of wave per meter). The boundary conditions are maintained by keeping the product of β and cosθ constant:
sin(βxa) = 0 => βxa = mπ => (β cosθ)a = mπ =>
βcosθ = mπ/a = γm => cosθ = (γm/β) = (γmν)/ω = ωm/ω .
There are several major points that the above discussion is intended to convey. These concern the waveguide modes TE and TM, and not the TEM mode which is what a transmission line does. One should compare the following facts one for one to the corresponding facts which appear in Section 3.8 for the transmission line TEM mode.
Fact 1: In waveguide modes, there can be large tangential transverse currents (Jy). That is, such currents can be large relative to longitudinal currents in the conductor.
Fact 2: The lowest cutoff frequency of a parallel plate waveguide can be obtained by setting the distance between the plates equal to half a wavelength, a = λ/ 2. In general, for an arbitrary waveguide, the cutoff occurs when λ/2 exceeds some similar characteristic transverse dimension of the guide. For ω below cutoff, there can be no waveguide propagation.
Fact 3: In solving waveguide problems, one uses wave equations for the fields since the boundary conditions are expressed in terms of fields.
Appendix G 4.1: Chapter 4 Support
This Appendix provides technical support for certain claims made in Chapter 4.
G.1 Evaluation of the integral in 4.1 (9).
This integral appeared as follows:
= sn fn(βs) R = . (G.1)
where R = | x - x'| and s = R(z = z'). Thus, we have R = . The first step is to define z" = z'-z. Due to the infinite integration range, we get:
= sn fn(βs) R = . (G.2)
In other words, the integral in (1) is independent of z, so we thing of (2) as (1) with z = 0. Now we define x = sz" and the above becomes,
= fn(α) αβs (G.3)
For odd integer n, the integral clearly vanishes since the integrand is then an odd function of x. For this reason, we replace n = 2m with m = 1,2,3 ... to list off the non-vanishing integrals. At the same time, we make one more change of variables to y = . The result is then
2 !Syntax Error, Idy (y2-1)m-1/2 e-jay = f2m(α) α = βs (G.4)
Finally we have something we can find in the standard tables. Gradshteyn-Ryzhik page 322 shows that the result is:
f2m(α) = (2/) (2/jα)m Γ(m+1/2) Km(jα) (G.5)
Using the standard properties of the Gamma function(z) we can set
Γ(m+1/2) = 2-2m (2m)! / m! (G.6)
to get the final result,
f2m(α) = 21-m (jα)-m [(2m)! / m!] Km(jα) (G.7)
This is the result quoted in 4.1 (11) with α = βs. Km(z) is known as a modified Bessel function of the second kind, and is described in any reference on Bessel functions, such as GR quoted above. For small z, we have these approximations:
K0(z) ≈ -ln(z/2) [ 1 + (z/2)2 + O(z4) ] + ψ(1) + (z/2)2 ψ(2) + O(z4) (G.8)
Km(z) ≈2m-1(m-1)! z-m - 2m-3 (m-2)! z-m+2 + O( z-m+4) m= 1,2,3...
Notice that K0 is fundamentally different from the other Km in this limit. K0(z) is logarithmically divergent at z = 0, whereas Km(z) diverges as a power z-m.
G.2 Examination of higher order terms in 4.2 (2).
The expression 4.2 (2) reads,
V(z) = q(2m)(z) X (G.9)
{ !Syntax Error, Idx' dy' a1(x',y') (jβ)-m [ s1m Km (jβs1) - s2m Km (jβs2)]
- !Syntax Error, Idx' dy' a2(x',y') (jβ)-m [ s1m Km (jβs1) - s2m Km (jβs2)] }
We wish to show that in the small β limit, all terms with m= 1,2,3... can be neglected. Let us insert the small z expansion (8) for Km(z) into the square bracketed factors in (9). We get:
(jβ)-m [ s1m Km (jβs1) - s2m Km (jβs2)] =
+ 2m-1(m-1)! [ 1 - 1 ] /leading term
- 2m-3 (m-2)! (jβ)2 [ s12 - s22 ] / second term, order(β2)
+ 2m-5 (m-3)! (jβ)4 [ s14 - s24 ] / third term, order(β4)
+ ...
The leading term, which would have been significant, completely cancels. The remaining terms are of order β2 and smaller. For example, the second term has a coefficient which contains β2 and involves finite integrals over the charge density of the following form:
!Syntax Error, Idx' dy' a1(x',y') [ s12 - s22 ]
Thus, each term in the sum over m in (9) is of order β2 or less. That is, it might happen that the integral above vanishes, so then each term would be of order β4. Since β = 2π/λ is a smallness parameter, we conclude that only the m=0 term is significant. This term was analyzed in the text of Chapter 4.
Appendix H : Calculation of 2[1/r] , 2[h(r)/r] and 2[e-jkr/r]
__________________________________________________________________________________
Theorem 1: 2[1/r] = - 4πδ(r) (H.1)
Proof: Let volume V be all of 3D space. Carve out from V a small spherical cavity of radius a centered at r = 0. If we call this spherical volume Va and then V' = V - Va is the original volume with the spherical cavity. In order to show that some function g(r) = δ(r), one has to show that
lima→0 ∫V' dV g(r) = 0 (H.2a)
lima→0 ∫Va dV g(r) = 1 (H.2b)
This is basically the definition of δ(r). Since δ(r) has units L-3, g(r) has units L-3.
Our function of interest is
g(r) = - (1/4π) 2[1/r] (H.3)
Using 2 in spherical coordinates acting on a function of r, one finds that
2[1/r] = (1/r2)∂r(r2∂r) [1/r] = 0 r > 0 (H.4)
so that
g(r) = - (1/4π) 2[1/r] = 0 r > 0 . (H.5)
Thus, condition (H.2a) is trivially satisfied since r > 0 everywhere in volume V'.
It remains to verify condition (H.2b). Consider the integral appearing in the left side of (H.2b)
∫Va dV g(r) = - (1/4π) ∫Va dV 2[1/r] = - (1/4π) ∫Va dV [1/r] . (H.6)
The divergence theorem says
∫V dV div F = ∫S dS F (H.7)
where V is any closed volume whose surface is S, and dS points out. Using V = Va and F = [1/r],
∫Va dV g(r) = - (1/4π) ∫Sa dS [1/r] = - (1/4π) [4πa2 ] [1/r]
= -a2 [-r-2]r=a = a2 a-2 = 1 .
Thus,
lima→0 ∫Va dV g(r) = 1
and we have then verified (H.2b). Therefore we conclude that
- (1/4π)2[1/r] = δ(r) (H.8)
or
2[1/r] = - 4πδ(r)
which is (H.1). QED
__________________________________________________________________________________
Theorem 2: 2[h(r)/r] = - 4π h(0) δ(r) + h"(r)/ r (H.9)
Proof: Start with this vector identity
2(φψ) = φ2ψ + ψ2φ + 2 φ ψ (H.10)
so that
2(h r-1) = h2(r-1) + r-12h + 2 h (r-1)
= - h 4π δ(r) + r-12h + 2 [ h' (-r-2)
= - 4π h(0) δ(r) + r-12h - 2 r-2 h'(r) (H.11)
Algebra shows that,
2h = (1/r2)∂r(r2∂r)h(r) = h"(r) + (2/r)h'(r) (H.12)
so then
2(h r-1) = - 4π h(0) δ(r) + r-1 [h"(r) + (2/r)h'(r) ] - 2 r-2 h'(r)
= - 4π h(0) δ(r) + h"(r)/ r
which is the claim of (H.9). QED
__________________________________________________________________________________
Example of Theorem 2: h(r) = e-jkr
h = e-jkr h(0) = 1 h' = -jk e-jkr h" = -k2 e-jkr
2(e-jkr/r) = - 4π 1 δ(r) + [-k2 e-jkr ] / r
= -4πδ(r) - k2(e-jkr/r)
Thus,
( 2+k2) (e-jkr/r) = - 4πδ(r) (H.13)
or
- (2+k2) (e-jkr/4πr) = δ(r) (H.14)
If we translate the origin from 0 to x' and define R = |r - x'| and rename r to be x, (H.13) becomes
- (2+k2) (e-jkR/4πR) = δ(x-x') (H.15)
Thus we may identify e-jkR/4πR as the Helmholtz equation Green's Function. In the case k = 0 we get
- 2(1/4πR) = δ(x-x') (H.16)
and we may identify (1/4πR) as the Poisson equation Green's Function as shown in (A.0.3) and (A.0.4).
References
King, Ronold W.P., Transmission Line Theory, Dover, 1965.
Quigley, Callum, "On the Origins of Gauge Theory" (2003),
www.math.toronto.edu/~colliand/426_03/Papers03/C_Quigley.pdf.
add Spiegel Schaum reference.
Thomson, W.T. (Lord Kelvin), "Ether, Electricity and Ponderable Matter", The Proceedings of the Institution of Electrical Engineers (founded 1871), Volume 18 (1889), No 77, pp 4-37. The Appendix with ber and bei begins on page 35. Google Books has an unrestricted scan of a Harvard library copy of Vol. 18 which can be downloaded in PDF format: http://books.google.com/books?id=Wy89AAAAYAAJ
Add Lucht Tensor Analysis ref used in D.2
Add Polyanin ODE book reference.
Add AS2000 reference.